You are on page 1of 345

Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-1

Engine Control
Troubleshooting
(4HL1)
Table of Contents
Diagnostic system check-engine controls.......................1A-3 DTC P0122 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor
Scan tool does not power up...........................................1A-6 Circuit Low.................................................................1A-114
Lost communication with the ECM................................1A-8 DTC P0123 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor
Circuit High.................................................................1A-118
Starting system check....................................................1A-13
DTC P0182 (Flash Code 211) Fuel Temperature Sensor
EGR control system check............................................1A-16
Circuit Low.................................................................1A-122
Exhaust brake control system check.............................1A-20
DTC P0183 (Flash Code 211) Fuel Temperature Sensor
DTC List........................................................................1A-28 Circuit High.................................................................1A-125
DTC type definitions.....................................................1A-46 DTC P0192 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor
DTC P0016 (Flash Code 16) Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Circuit Low.................................................................1A-129
Position Correlation......................................................1A-47 DTC P0193 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor
DTC P0045 (Flash Code 33) Turbocharger Boost Control Circuit High.................................................................1A-133
Solenoid Circuit............................................................1A-49 DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open -
DTC P0087 (Flash Code 225) Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Cylinder 1....................................................................1A-138
Too Low........................................................................1A-55 DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open -
DTC P0088 (Flash Code 118) Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Cylinder 2....................................................................1A-142
Too High.......................................................................1A-61 DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open -
DTC P0089 (Flash Code 151) Fuel Pressure Regulator Cylinder 3....................................................................1A-146
Performance..................................................................1A-67 DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open -
DTC P0091 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Cylinder 4....................................................................1A-150
Control Circuit Low......................................................1A-71 DTC P0217 (Flash Code 542) Engine Coolant Over
DTC P0092 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Temperature Condition...............................................1A-154
Control Circuit High.....................................................1A-75 DTC P0219 (Flash Code 543) Engine Overspeed Condition
DTC P0093 (Flash Code 227) Fuel System Leak Detected .....................................................................................1A-157
.......................................................................................1A-79 DTC P0234 (Flash Code 42) Turbocharger Overboost
DTC P0101 (Flash Code 92) Mass Air Flow Circuit Range/ Condition.....................................................................1A-159
Performance..................................................................1A-86 DTC P0237 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor
DTC P0102 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit Low Circuit Low.................................................................1A-162
Input..............................................................................1A-89 DTC P0238 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor
DTC P0103 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit High Circuit High.................................................................1A-166
Input..............................................................................1A-93 DTC P0299 (Flash Code 65) Turbocharger Underboost
DTC P0112 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor .....................................................................................1A-170
Circuit Low...................................................................1A-97 DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor
DTC P0113 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit..........................................................................1A-174
Circuit High.................................................................1A-100 DTC P0336 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor
DTC P0116 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance.........................................1A-179
Sensor Circuit Range/Performance.............................1A-104 DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor
DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit..........................................................................1A-182
Sensor Circuit Low.....................................................1A-107 DTC P0341 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor
DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance.........................................1A-188
Sensor Circuit High.....................................................1A-110 DTC P0401 (Flash Code 93) Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Flow Insufficient Detected..........................................1A-191
1A-2 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0409 (Flash Code 44) Exhaust Gas Recirculation DTC P1621 (Flash Code 54) Control Module Long Term
Sensor Circuit..............................................................1A-194 Memory Performance..................................................1A-282
DTC P042E (Flash Code 45) EGR Position Fault (Closed DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit
Position Error).............................................................1A-199 .....................................................................................1A-286
DTC P042F (Flash Code 45) EGR Control Circuit Range/ DTC P2122 (Flash Code 121) Pedal Position Sensor 1
Performance................................................................1A-203 Circuit Low Input........................................................1A-290
DTC P0477 (Flash Code 46) Exhaust Pressure Control DTC P2123 (Flash Code 121) Pedal Position Sensor 1
Valve Low...................................................................1A-207 Circuit High Input.......................................................1A-294
DTC P0478 (Flash Code 46) Exhaust Pressure Control DTC P2127 (Flash Code 122) Pedal Position Sensor 2
Valve High..................................................................1A-211 Circuit Low Input........................................................1A-298
DTC P0500 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor...1A-214 DTC P2128 (Flash Code 122) Pedal Position Sensor 2
DTC P0502 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Circuit High Input.......................................................1A-302
Low Input....................................................................1A-217 DTC P2138 (Flash Code 124) Pedal Position Sensor 1 - 2
DTC P0503 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Voltage Correlation.....................................................1A-306
High Input...................................................................1A-221 DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158) Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply
DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage..........1A-224 Voltage Circuit............................................................1A-309
DTC P0563 (Flash Code 35) System Voltage High. . .1A-227 DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159) Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply
Voltage Circuit............................................................1A-314
DTC P0601 (Flash Code 53) Internal Control Module
Memory Check Sum Error..........................................1A-229 DTC P2227 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Circuit
Range/Performance.....................................................1A-319
DTC P0602 (Flash Code 154) Control Module
Programming Error.....................................................1A-231 DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor
Circuit Low.................................................................1A-323
DTC P0604 (Flash Code 153) Internal Control Module
RAM Error..................................................................1A-233 DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor
Circuit High.................................................................1A-327
DTC P0606 (Flash Code 51) ECM/PCM Processor...1A-235
DTC P253A (Flash Code 28) PTO Sensor Circuit.....1A-331
DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D
Processing Performance..............................................1A-237 DTC P256A (Flash Code 31) Engine Idle Speed Selector
Sensor..........................................................................1A-335
DTC P0638 (Flash Code 61) Throttle Actuator Control
Range/Performance.....................................................1A-239 DTC U0073 (Flash Code 84) Control Module
Communication Bus Off.............................................1A-340
DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1
Circuit..........................................................................1A-243 DTC U0110 (Flash Code 87) Lost Communication with
VNT System................................................................1A-343
DTC P0650 (Flash Code 77) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) Control Circuit.................................................1A-247
DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2
Circuit..........................................................................1A-251
DTC P0685 (Flash Code 416) ECM Power Relay Control
Circuit Open................................................................1A-256
DTC P0687 (Flash Code 416) ECM Power Relay Control
Circuit High.................................................................1A-259
DTC P06AF (Flash Code 277) EDU(Electric Driver Unit)
Injector Custom IC......................................................1A-261
DTC P06D2 Sensor Reference Voltage 5 Circuit.......1A-263
DTC P1093 (Flash Code 227) Fuel Rail Pressure Too Low
.....................................................................................1A-267
DTC P1261 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage
Control Circuit Group 1..............................................1A-273
DTC P1262 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage
Control Circuit Group 2..............................................1A-275
DTC P1404 (Flash Code 45) Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) 1 Closed Position Performance.......................1A-277
DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error....1A-280
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-3

Diagnostic system check-engine controls


1. Diagnostic system check-engine controls description of function
The diagnostic system check - engine controls are a method for checking problems caused by malfunctions in the engine
control system. This system check is the starting point of drivability complaint diagnosis. Move from the system check to the
next logical step to diagnose problems. Understanding and correctly using the diagnostic chart reduces diagnostic time and
prevents the replacement of good parts.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. Diagnostic system check-engine controls
・ If there are no complaints on drivability, do not perform these diagnostic steps unless otherwise instructed in other
sections.
・ Check for related Service Bulletins before starting the diagnosis.
・ Do not clear the DTC unless instructed to do so in a diagnostic step.
・ If a malfunction is found in the engine starting system, check the symptom diagnosis relating to the engine starting.
・ The battery should be fully charged.
・ The battery cable should be normal and securely connected.
・ The ground of the ECM should be securely connected to the correct position.
・ The ECM harness connectors should be clean and correctly connected.
・ Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ECM harness connectors disconnected.
・ The ECM terminals should be clean and correctly connected.
・ Check if the Injector ID Code is programmed correctly.
・ If fuel system DTC P0087, P0088, P0089, P0093, P1093 or other DTCs are set, diagnose sensor DTCs, solenoid
DTCs, actuator DTCs, and relay DTCs first.
1. Scan tool power-up check
1) Connect the scan tool. Does the scan tool power up?
Yes
⇒Go to 2. Scan tool communication verification
No
Go to Scan tool does not power up.
Refer to "Scan tool does not power up" in this section.
2. Scan tool communication verification
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Check the communication status with the ECM using the scan tool. Can communication with the ECM be established?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Engine start check
No
Go to Lost communication with the ECM.
Refer to "Lost communication with the ECM" in this section.
3. Engine start check
1) Start the engine. Does the engine start?
1A-4 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Control module internal-related DTC check
No
Go to Starting system check.
Refer to "Starting system check" in this section.
4. Control module internal-related DTC check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0601, P0602, P0604, P0606, P060B, or P1621 set?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0601 (Flash Code 53) Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0602 (Flash Code 154) Control Module Programming Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0604 (Flash Code 153) Internal Control Module RAM Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0606 (Flash Code 51) ECM/PCM Processor" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1621 (Flash Code 54) Control Module Long Term Memory Performance" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 5. Other DTC check
5. Other DTC check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Are other DTCs set?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
No
⇒Go to 6. Symptom check
6. Symptom check
1) Check if the following symptoms are present. Is there any applicable symptom?
・ Hard start
・ Rough, unstable
・ High idle speed
・ Cuts out
・ Surges
・ Lack of power, sluggishness or sponginess
・ Hesitation, sag or stumble
・ Abnormal combustion noise
・ Poor fuel economy
・ Black smoke
・ White smoke
Yes
Repair the applicable symptom.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Hard start".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Rough, unstable".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) High idle speed".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Cuts out".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-5
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Surges".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Lack of power, sluggishness or sponginess".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Hesitation, sag or stumble".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Abnormal combustion noise".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Poor fuel economy".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Black smoke".
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) White smoke".
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
1A-6 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

Scan tool does not power up


1. Scan tool does not power up description of function
The DLC is a standardized 16-pole connector. Connector design and location are dictated by an industry-wide standard and
are required to provide the following.
・ The battery voltage of the scan tool power supply is terminal 16.
・ The scan tool power supply ground is terminal 4.
・ The common signal ground is terminal 5.
The scan tool powers up when the ignition switch is OFF, but some modules will not communicate unless the ignition switch
is ON.
2. DLC
Refer to "101.ETM 13K.Body Control Body Control DLC ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. Scan tool does not power up
Note:
・ Verify that the scan tool operates properly on another vehicle.
1. IDSS interface power-up check
1) Check the LED power lamp of the IDSS interface. Does the LED power lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 2. USB cable connection check
No
⇒Go to 3. Smart cable and USB cable inspection
2. USB cable connection check
1) Inspect for poor connections at the USB cable of the computer and IDSS interface.
2) Repair the connections as necessary.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
3. Smart cable and USB cable inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the smart cable of the DLC and IDSS interface. Is the connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the USB cable of the computer and IDSS interface. Is the connection status normal?
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Fuse inspection
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
4. Fuse inspection
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Inspect for a blown out ROOM LAMP, AUDIO 15A fuse. Is the result normal?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-7
Yes
⇒Go to 5. DLC inspection
No
Replace the fuse. If the fuse blows out again, repair the short to ground in the circuits relating to the ROOM LAMP,
AUDIO 15A fuse.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
5. DLC inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the DLC (B31). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "DLC".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in DLC battery power supply circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit in DLC battery power supply circuit
1) Connect a test lamp between the DLC battery power supply circuit (pin 16 of B31) and the frame ground. Does the test
lamp illuminate?
Refer to "DLC".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit in DLC ground circuit
No
Repair the open circuit in the DLC battery power supply circuit.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit in DLC ground circuit
1) Inspect each DLC ground circuit (pins 4 and 5 of B31) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "DLC".
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
Repair the circuit and clean or tighten the ground terminal as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Connect the scan tool to the DLC.
2) Power up the scan tool. Does the scan tool power up?
Yes
The system is normal.
No
⇒Go to 1. IDSS interface power-up check
1A-8 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

Lost communication with the ECM


1. Lost communication with the ECM description of function
The ECM communicates with the scan tool via the ISO CAN communication circuit. Reciprocal communication between the
ECM and the DRM is done via other CAN communication that does not affect scan tool communication.
The following conditions cause poor CAN communication.
・ Open circuit in the CAN communication circuit
・ Short together between the CAN Low circuit and the CAN High circuit
・ Short to ground or short to the power supply in the CAN communication circuit
・ Failure inside the module, which causes a short to ground or a short to the power supply circuit in the CAN
communication circuit
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. Lost communication with the ECM
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Scan tool communication verification
Caution:
・ If the IDSS is in use, check for a malfunction in the IDSS interface equipment. If the IDSS interface
equipment LED does not illuminate, refer to Scan tool does not power up, and inspect the power supply.
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn ON the ignition switch.
3) Check the communication status with the ECM using the scan tool. Can communication with the ECM be established?
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 3. DLC inspection
3. DLC inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the DLC (pins 6 and 14 of B31). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "DLC".
Yes
⇒Go to 4. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
4. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (J14). Is the connection status normal?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-9
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Fuse inspection
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
5. Fuse inspection
1) Inspect the following fuses for a blowout. Is the result normal?
・ ECM 30A slow blow fuse
・ ECM MAIN 10A fuse
・ ECM 10A fuse
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in ignition power supply circuit
No
Replace the fuse as necessary. If the fuse blows out again, repair the short to ground in the circuit relating to each
fuse.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit in ignition power supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the ECM harness connector (J14).
3) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit (pin 24 of J14) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM ground inspection
No
Repair the open circuit in the ignition power supply circuit between the ECM 10A fuse and the ECM (pin 24 of
J14).
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
7. ECM ground inspection
1) Inspect the ECM ground section for corrosion or improper installation. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ An open circuit in the ECM ground circuit does not cause poor communication.
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM main relay inspection
No
Repair the ground point as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
8. ECM main relay inspection
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
1A-10 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2) Connect the ECM harness connector (J14).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Replace the ECM main relay with a known good relay.
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Check the communication status with the ECM using the scan tool. Can communication with the ECM be established?
Yes
Replace the ECM main relay.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay voltage supply circuit
9. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay voltage supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Remove the ECM main relay.
3) Connect a test lamp between the ECM main relay voltage supply circuit (pin 1 of CHASS R/B ECM) and the frame
ground.
4) Connect a test lamp between the ECM main relay control circuit (pin 3 of CHASS R/B ECM) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
5) Turn ON the ignition switch. Do both the test lamps illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay circuit
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay circuit
1) Install the ECM main relay.
2) While checking the operation sounds of the ECM main relay, turn the ignition switch ON/OFF. Is an operation sound of
the ECM main relay heard?
Note:
・ Wait at least 15 seconds before turning ON/OFF.
Yes
⇒Go to 12. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay power supply circuit
No
⇒Go to 11. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay ground circuit
11. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay ground circuit
1) Inspect the ground circuit between the ECM main relay (pin 5 of CHASS R/B ECM) and the ground terminal for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ High resistance and poor connections at the ECM main relay or ground terminal
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-11
⇒Go to 12. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay power supply circuit
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
12. Inspection for open circuit in ECM main relay power supply circuit
1) Inspect the battery power supply circuit between the ECM (pins 2 and 5 of J14) and the ECM main relay (pin 2 of
CHASS R/B ECM) for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ High resistance or a poor connection at the ECM or ECM main relay
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. CAN circuit resistance check
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
13. CAN circuit resistance check
1) Connect the ECM harness connector (J14).
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3) Disconnect the scan tool from the DLC (B31) if connected.
4) Measure the resistance between the CAN High circuit and the CAN Low circuit of the DLC (pins 6 and 14 of B31) with
a DMM. Is the resistance within the specified range?
Note:
・ The parallel resistance of the ECM 120 Ω resistor and the CAN 120 Ω resistor is 60 Ω.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Standard: 50 to 70 Ω
Yes
⇒Go to 15. Inspection for short circuit in CAN circuit
No
⇒Go to 14. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in CAN circuit
14. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in CAN circuit
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 58 and 78 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
2) Inspect the CAN High circuit and the CAN Low circuit between the DLC (pins 6 and 14 of B31) and the ECM (pins 58
and 78 of J14) for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short together
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 16. ECM replacement
No
1A-12 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
15. Inspection for short circuit in CAN circuit
1) Inspect the CAN High circuit and the CAN Low circuit between the DLC (pins 6 and 14 of B31) and the ECM (pins 58
and 78 of J14) for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 16. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
16. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
17. Repair verification
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Reconnect all of the removed fuses, relays, and harness connectors.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Check the communication status with the ECM using the scan tool. Can communication with the ECM be established?
Yes
The system is normal.
No
⇒Go to 3. DLC inspection
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-13

Starting system check


1. Starting system check description of function
The starting system check is a method for finding the cause of why the engine does not start. The following items are the
conditions for performing this diagnosis.
・ The battery is fully charged and the terminals are clean and tight.
・ The engine cranking speed is normal.
・ The fuel tank is filled with an appropriate fuel.
・ No fuel leakage in the fuel system
・ No air in the fuel system
・ The air cleaner elements and fuel filter elements are clean.
・ The fuse and the slow blow fuse are normal.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. Starting system check
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. DTC verification
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Crank the engine for 15 seconds.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
No
⇒Go to 3. Fuel pressure verification
3. Fuel pressure verification
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Wait for 1 minute to reduce the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure parameter equal to the specified
value?
Value: 0 MPa { 0 psi }
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Fuel pressure check when cranking
No
⇒Go to 6. FRP sensor circuit inspection
4. Fuel pressure check when cranking
1) Verify that the fuel tank has enough fuel and that the fuel quality is good.
1A-14 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, air may be trapped in the fuel system.
2) While cranking the engine for 5 seconds, observe the Fuel Rail Pressure parameter on the scan tool. When cranking, is
the Fuel Rail Pressure parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 25 MPa { 3,625 psi }
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Sensor inspection
No
⇒Go to 5. FRP regulator feedback current check
5. FRP regulator feedback current check
1) While cranking the engine for 5 seconds, observe the FRP Regulator Feedback Current (Fuel Rail Pressure) parameter
on the scan tool. When cranking, is the FRP Regulator Feedback Current (Fuel Rail Pressure) parameter more than or
equal to the specified value?
Value: 800 mA
Yes
Refer to the DTC below and inspect the fuel system.
Refer to "DTC P0087 (Flash Code 225) Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0093 (Flash Code 227) Fuel System Leak Detected" in this section.
No
Repair the short to ground in the low-side circuit between the ECM (pins 8 and 16 of E12) and the FRP regulator
(pin 2 of E17).
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
6. FRP sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19) for high
resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
7. Sensor inspection
1) Inspect whether the display of the following sensor input value is normal. Is the result normal?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-15
・ Engine coolant temperature sensor
・ Barometric pressure sensor
・ Boost pressure sensor
・ Intake throttle position sensor
Note:
・ Use the scan tool data list or measured value of a vehicle which is considered to be normal.
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Engine mechanical inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
8. Engine mechanical inspection
1) Inspect the other possibilities of the non-starting of the engine for the following.
・ The engine mechanical timing is off.
・ Improper installation of the flywheel and CKP sensor
・ Excessive clogging in the air intake system
・ Excessive clogging in the exhaust system
・ Poor engine compression
・ Water or gasoline contamination in fuel
2) Repair as necessary.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
9. Repair verification
1) Reconnect all of the disconnected harness connectors.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine. Does the engine start?
Yes
The system is normal.
No
⇒Go to 2. DTC verification
1A-16 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

EGR control system check


1. EGR control system check description of function
The EGR system recirculates part of the exhaust gas back into the inlet cover, which results in reducing NOx emissions.
Higher operability and emission reduction are both realized by controlling the EGR system. A control current from the ECM
operates a motor to control the lift amount of the EGR valve. In addition, the EGR position sensor is used for detection of the
actual valve lift amount and for precision control of the EGR amount. The EGR is activated when the specified conditions of
engine speed, engine coolant temperature, intake air temperature, and barometric pressure are met. Then, the valve opening
position is calculated based on engine speed and the desired fuel injection quantity. The motor drive duty is determined based
on this valve opening position, and the valve is driven according to the motor drive duty.
EGR control operating conditions
・ The engine coolant temperature is 70 to 100°C {158 to 212°F}.
・ The intake air temperature is -30°C {-22°F} or more.
・ The barometric pressure is 90 kPa {13 psi} or more.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. EGR control system check
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. If a DTC is set, is "The ECM inhibits the EGR control" described in the
"Action Taken When the DTC Sets" in the item of the set DTC?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
No
⇒Go to 3. EGR components inspection
3. EGR components inspection
1) Inspect for the following. Is the result normal?
・Missing or damaged EGR valve gasket
・Stuck EGR valve
・EGR gas leakage from the EGR passage between the exhaust manifold and the inlet cover
・Collapsed or restricted flow in the EGR passage between the exhaust manifold and the EGR valve
・Conditions that restrict exhaust system flow
・Clogged air cleaner element, collapsing of the air intake piping between the air cleaner and inlet cover, or a state
where flow is restricted
・ Leakage in the air intake system
・ Water in the air intake system
・ Engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor inspection".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-17
・ Barometric pressure sensor malfunction
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor inspection".
・ Stuck intake throttle valve
Yes
⇒Go to 4. EGR valve operation check
No
Repair as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
4. EGR valve operation check
1) Set the shift lever to the neutral position and apply the parking brake.
2) Start the engine.
3) Warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 75°C {167°F} or more.
4) While observing the Desired EGR Position parameter and EGR Position 1 parameter on the scan tool, depress the
accelerator pedal from idle to full throttle several times. Is the difference between the Desired EGR Position parameter
and the EGR Position 1 parameter within the specified range?
Value: -5 to 5 %
Yes
⇒Go to 5. EGR valve operation check using scan tool
No
⇒Go to 7. EGR valve inspection
5. EGR valve operation check using scan tool
1) Perform the EGR a few times with a scan tool.
2) While observing the EGR Position 1 parameter with a scan tool, command the Desired EGR Position parameter UP and
DOWN. Does the EGR Position 1 parameter respond and remain within the specified range?
Value: -5 to 5 %
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Intake throttle valve operation check using a scan tool
No
⇒Go to 7. EGR valve inspection
6. Intake throttle valve operation check using a scan tool
1) Perform Intake Throttle a few times with a scan tool.
2) While observing the Intake Throttle Position parameter with a scan tool, command the Desired Intake Throttle Position
parameter UP and DOWN. Does the Intake Throttle Position parameter respond and remain within the specified range?
Value: -5 to 5 %
Yes
The system is normal.
No
⇒Go to 9. Intake throttle valve inspection
7. EGR valve inspection
1) Remove the EGR valve from the engine.
1A-18 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
2) Inspect the EGR valve for the following. Is the result normal?
・ The flow in the EGR valve is restricted by foreign material.
・ Excessive deposits in the valve
・ Bent valve shaft
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Inspection of EGR valve circuit
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. Inspection of EGR valve circuit
1) Inspect for poor connections at the EGR valve harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 of E132). Is the
connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, 20, 22, 29, and 30 of E12). Is the
connection status normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, 20, 22, 29, and 30 of E12) and the EGR valve (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, and 8 of E132) for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the EGR valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. Intake throttle valve inspection
1) Remove the intake throttle valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve removal".
2) Inspect the intake throttle valve for the following. Is the result normal?
・ The flow in the intake throttle valve is restricted by foreign material.
・ Excessive deposits inside the throttle
・ Bent butterfly valve
Note:
・ If sticking exists, replace the intake throttle valve.
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Intake throttle valve circuit inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-19
10. Intake throttle valve circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the intake throttle valve harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 of E16). Is the
connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 4, 14, 23, 28, and 31 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 4, 14, 23, 28, and 31 of E12) and the intake throttle valve (pins 1, 2, 3, 5, and
6 of E16) for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the intake throttle valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Reconnect all of the disconnected harness connectors and components.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. EGR valve operation check
1A-20 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

Exhaust brake control system check


1. Exhaust brake control system check description of function
The exhaust brake control system consists of the ECM, the intake throttle valve, the exhaust brake valve, the exhaust brake
solenoid valve, and the exhaust brake switch. The ECM controls the intake throttle valve and exhaust brake valve, opening or
closing each valve based on the vehicle running condition and input signals from the exhaust brake switch.
1. Operating conditions for exhaust brake control
・ The exhaust brake switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
・ The clutch pedal is not depressed.
・ The vehicle speed is more than or equal to the specified value.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. Exhaust brake control system check
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Exhaust brake indicator light illumination check
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Turn ON/OFF the exhaust brake switch. Does the exhaust brake indicator light turn ON/OFF by operating each switch?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Exhaust brake operation check
No
⇒Go to 22. Exhaust brake switch signal input check
3. Exhaust brake operation check
1) Drive the vehicle in order to operate the exhaust brake fully.
2) Turn ON the exhaust brake switch.
3) Release the accelerator pedal. Does the exhaust brake operate fully?
Note:
・ If the engine valve emits noise even though the exhaust brake has been applied and vehicle speed has
decreased, the intake throttle valve may not be closed sufficiently.
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Exhaust brake release check during accelerator pedal operation
No
⇒Go to 6. Exhaust brake operation inhibited conditions check
4. Exhaust brake release check during accelerator pedal operation
1) Operate the exhaust brake.
2) Depress the accelerator pedal during exhaust brake operation. Is the exhaust brake control canceled?
Yes
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-21
⇒Go to 5. Exhaust brake release check when clutch pedal is operated
No
Observe the Accelerator Pedal Position parameter on the scan tool, and diagnose the accelerator pedal position
sensor.
5. Exhaust brake release check when clutch pedal is operated
1) Operate the exhaust brake.
2) Depress the clutch pedal during exhaust brake operation. Is the exhaust brake control canceled?
Yes
The system is normal.
No
⇒Go to 8. Clutch pedal signal input check
6. Exhaust brake operation inhibited conditions check
1) Stop the vehicle.
2) Connect the scan tool.
3) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. If a DTC is set, is "The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control"
described in the "Action Taken When the DTC Sets" in the item of the set DTC?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
No
⇒Go to 7. Exhaust brake control signal check
7. Exhaust brake control signal check
1) Operate the exhaust brake.
2) Record the engine parameters with the snapshot function of the scan tool when operating the exhaust brake.
3) Observe the Exhaust Brake Valve Command parameter on the scan tool. Does the Exhaust Brake Valve Command
parameter display ON when the exhaust brake is fully applied?
Yes
⇒Go to 15. Exhaust brake solenoid valve operation check using scan tool
No
The ECM does not permit the exhaust brake control. Refer to Exhaust brake control operating conditions under
Functional description.
8. Clutch pedal signal input check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn ON the ignition switch.
3) While observing the Clutch Pedal Switch parameter on the scan tool, repeatedly fully depress and release the clutch
pedal. Is Applied displayed when the clutch pedal is depressed and Released when it is released?
Yes
⇒Go to 15. Exhaust brake solenoid valve operation check using scan tool
No
1A-22 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 9. Clutch switch inspection
9. Clutch switch inspection
1) Inspect if the clutch switch is adjusted correctly. Is the result normal?
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5E.Clutch System(MYY) Clutch switch installation".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit in clutch switch power supply circuit
No
Adjust the clutch switch as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit in clutch switch power supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the clutch switch harness connector (B161).
3) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit (pin 1 of B161) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 11. Clutch switch signal input check using fused jumper wire
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ignition power supply circuit between the ECM 10A fuse and the
clutch switch (pin 1 of B161).
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
11. Clutch switch signal input check using fused jumper wire
1) Observe the Clutch Pedal Switch parameter on the scan tool while momentarily connecting a fused jumper wire
between the ignition power supply circuit and signal circuit of the clutch switch harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of
B161). Does the scan tool display Released when the circuits are connected with a jumper wire, and display Applied
when the circuits are not connected?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. Clutch switch harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 12. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in clutch switch signal circuit
12. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in clutch switch signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 26 of J14) and the clutch switch (pin 2 of B161) for the following. Is
the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM harness connector inspection relating to clutch switch circuit
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-23
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
13. Clutch switch harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the clutch switch harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of B161). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the clutch switch.
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5E.Clutch System(MYY) Clutch switch removal".
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5E.Clutch System(MYY) Clutch switch installation".
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
14. ECM harness connector inspection relating to clutch switch circuit
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 26 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 29. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
15. Exhaust brake solenoid valve operation check using scan tool
1) Perform Exhaust Brake with a scan tool.
2) Command the exhaust brake solenoid valve ON/OFF. Does the exhaust brake solenoid valve make any operation sound
with the execution of each command?
Yes
The problem is related to the solenoid valve, exhaust brake valve, or vacuum piping.
Inspect the solenoid valve, exhaust brake valve, or vacuum piping.
Refer to "4.Brakes 4E.Speed Retarder System Exhaust brake solenoid valve inspection".
Refer to "4.Brakes 4E.Speed Retarder System Exhaust brake valve (4HL1) inspection".
No
⇒Go to 16. Inspection for open circuit in exhaust brake solenoid valve power supply circuit
16. Inspection for open circuit in exhaust brake solenoid valve power supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector (J26).
3) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit (pin 1 of J26) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
1A-24 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Yes
⇒Go to 17. Exhaust brake solenoid valve control voltage check
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ignition power supply circuit between the ECM MAIN 10A fuse
and the exhaust brake solenoid valve (pin 1 of J26).
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
17. Exhaust brake solenoid valve control voltage check
1) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit and control circuit of the exhaust brake solenoid valve
harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of J26).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Perform Exhaust Brake with a scan tool.
3) Command the exhaust brake solenoid valve ON/OFF.
The test lamp remains either ON or OFF with the execution of each command.
⇒Go to 20. Exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector inspection
The test lamp remains ON with the execution of each command
⇒Go to 19. Inspection for short to ground in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
The test lamp remains OFF with the execution of each command.
⇒Go to 18. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
18. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
1) Inspect the control circuit between the ECM (pin 15 of J14) and the exhaust brake solenoid valve (pin 2 of J26) for the
following conditions. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 21. ECM harness connector inspection relating to exhaust brake solenoid valve circuit
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
19. Inspection for short to ground in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
1) Inspect the control circuit between the ECM (pin 15 of J14) and the exhaust brake solenoid valve (pin 2 of J26) for a
short to ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Repair the circuit as necessary.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
20. Exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of J26). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-25
Yes
Replace the exhaust brake solenoid valve.
Refer to "4.Brakes 4E.Speed Retarder System Exhaust brake solenoid valve removal".
Refer to "4.Brakes 4E.Speed Retarder System Exhaust brake solenoid valve installation".
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
21. ECM harness connector inspection relating to exhaust brake solenoid valve circuit
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 15 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 29. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
22. Exhaust brake switch signal input check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn ON the ignition switch.
3) While observing the Exhaust Brake Switch parameter on the scan tool, turn the exhaust brake switch ON/OFF. Does the
scan tool display ON/OFF when operating each switch?
Yes
⇒Go to 23. Communication-related DTC check
No
⇒Go to 24. Inspection for open circuit in exhaust brake switch power supply circuit
23. Communication-related DTC check
1) Observe the DTC information for each control module with a scan tool. Is a DTC beginning with U or a DTC related to
communication with other control modules set?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
No
Replace the instrument panel cluster.
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9E.Instrumentation, Driver Info. Instrument panel cluster removal".
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9E.Instrumentation, Driver Info. Instrument panel cluster installation".
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
24. Inspection for open circuit in exhaust brake switch power supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the combination switch harness connector (B188).
3) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit (pin 13 of B188) and the frame ground.
1A-26 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Start the engine. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 25. Exhaust brake switch signal input check using fused jumper wire
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ignition power supply circuit between the ECM 10A fuse and the
exhaust brake switch (pin 13 of B188).
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
25. Exhaust brake switch signal input check using fused jumper wire
1) Observe the Exhaust Brake Switch parameter on the scan tool while momentarily connecting a fused jumper wire
between the ignition power supply circuit and signal circuit of the combination switch harness connector (pins 13 and
15 of B188). Does the scan tool display ON when the circuits are connected with a jumper wire, and display OFF when
the circuits are not connected?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 27. Combination switch harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 26. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in exhaust brake switch signal circuit
26. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in exhaust brake switch signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 45 of J14) and the combination switch (pin 15 of B188) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 28. ECM harness connector inspection relating to exhaust brake switch circuit
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
27. Combination switch harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the combination switch harness connector (pins 13 and 15 of B188). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the combination switch.
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9A.Lighting Systems Combination switch removal".
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9A.Lighting Systems Combination switch installation".
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-27
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
28. ECM harness connector inspection relating to exhaust brake switch circuit
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 45 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 29. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
29. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 30. Repair verification
30. Repair verification
1) Reconnect all of the disconnected components, fuses, and harness connectors.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 2. Exhaust brake indicator light illumination check
1A-28 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC List
1. DTC List
Condition for running Condition for setting Action taken when
DTC DTC type DTC title
the DTC the DTC DTC sets
DTC P0016 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
code 16) Crankshaft ON. the CKP sensor signal the check engine
Position - Camshaft ・The CKP sensor and the CMP sensor warning light. Refer to
Position Correlation signal pulses are signal are not Action taken when
detected. synchronized while the DTC sets - Type A.
P0016 A
・The CMP sensor engine is running.
signal pulses are
detected.
・DTCs P0335, P0336,
and P0340 are not set.
DTC P0045 (Flash ・The battery voltage isAny of the following is ・The ECM illuminates
Code 33) Turbocharger 20 to 32 V. met: the check engine
Boost Control Solenoid ・The ignition switch is・The VGS control unit warning light. Refer to
Circuit ON. detects an excessively Action taken when
high voltage. DTC sets - Type A.
・The VGS control unit ・The ECM inhibits the
detects that all position EGR control.
sensor signals are in ・The ECM inhibits the
Low or High condition VGS control.
and have not changed.
P0045 A
・The VGS control unit
detects an open circuit,
a short to ground, or a
short to the voltage
circuit in the solenoid
circuit.
・The VGS control unit
detects that the
solenoid or nozzle
control is stuck.
DTC P0087 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 225) Fuel Rail/ ON. the fuel rail pressure is the check engine
System Pressure - Too ・DTCs P0192, P0193, 198 MPa {28,710 psi} warning light. Refer to
Low P060B, P06D2, and or more and the Action taken when
P160B are not set. pressure limiter is DTC sets - Type B.
P0087 B activated. ・The ECM limits the
fuel injection quantity.
・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
・The ECM inhibits the
EGR control.
DTC P0088 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 118) Fuel Rail/ ON. the fuel rail pressure is the check engine
System Pressure - Too ・The engine is 198 MPa {28,700 psi} warning light. Refer to
High running. or more for 5 seconds Action taken when
P0088 A ・DTCs P060B, P0651, or more. DTC sets - Type A.
and P160B are not set. ・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-29

DTC P0089 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 151) Fuel 18 to 32 V. the actual fuel rail the check engine
Pressure Regulator ・The ignition switch is pressure is more than warning light. Refer to
Performance ON. the desired fuel rail Action taken when
・The engine is pressure by 40 MPa DTC sets - Type B.
P0089 B
running. {5,800 psi} or more for
・DTCs P0201, P0202, 5 seconds or more.
P0203, P0204, P060B,
P0651, and P160B are
not set.
DTC P0091 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 247) Fuel 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Pressure Regulator ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that warning light. Refer to
Control Circuit Low ON. the feedback current of Action taken when
・DTC P060B is not the FRP regulator is 50 DTC sets - Type A.
set. mA or less. ・The ECM inhibits
P0091 A
・The ECM detects that pre-injection.
the feedback current of ・The ECM limits the
the FRP regulator is fuel rail pressure.
less than the desired
current by 1,000 mA or
more.
DTC P0092 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 247) Fuel 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Pressure Regulator ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that warning light. Refer to
Control Circuit High ON. the feedback current of Action taken when
・DTC P060B is not the FRP regulator is DTC sets - Type A.
set. 2,400 mA or more. ・The ECM inhibits
P0092 A
・The ECM detects that pre-injection.
the feedback current of ・The ECM limits the
the FRP regulator is fuel rail pressure.
more than the desired
current by 1,000 mA or
more.
DTC P0093 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 227) Fuel System 18 to 32 V. the actual fuel rail the check engine
Leak Detected ・The ignition switch is pressure is 15 MPa warning light. Refer to
ON. {2,180 psi} or less for Action taken when
・The engine is 3 seconds or more. DTC sets - Type B.
P0093 B
running.
・DTCs P0201, P0202,
P0203, P0204, P060B,
P0651, and P160B are
not set.
1A-30 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0101 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 92) Mass Air 18 to 32 V. the MAF sensor signal the check engine
Flow Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is voltage is not within warning light. Refer to
Range/Performance ON. the predetermined Action taken when
・DTCs P0045, P0102, range for the calculated DTC sets - Type A.
P0103, P0112, P0113, predicted MAF value ・The ECM limits the
P0116, P0117, P0118, for 5 seconds or more. fuel injection quantity.
P0122, P0123, P0234,
P0237, P0238, P042E,
P042F, P0560, P060B,
P0638, P0651, P1404,
P160B, P1655, P2227,
P2228, P2229, U0073,
and U0110 are not set.
P0101 A
Also, the following are
met for 3 seconds or
more:
・The engine speed is
1,500 to 2,600 rpm.
・The fuel injection is
in a non-injection state.
・The EGR control is
commanded OFF.
・The intake throttle
control is commanded
OFF.
・The engine runtime is
5 seconds or more.
DTC P0102 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that
・The ECM illuminates
Code 91) Mass Air 18 to 32 V. the MAF sensor signal
the check engine
Flow Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is voltage is 0.1 V or less
warning light. Refer to
Low Input ON. for 3 seconds. Action taken when
・The engine is DTC sets - Type A.
P0102 A running. ・The ECM limits the
・The engine speed is fuel injection quantity.
1,500 rpm or less. ・The ECM inhibits the
・DTCs P0560 and EGR control.
P060B are not set. ・The ECM assumes a
default MAF value.
DTC P0103 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 91) Mass Air 18 - 32 V. the MAF sensor signal the check engine
Flow Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is voltage is 4.9 V or warning light. Refer to
High Input ON. more for 3 seconds. Action taken when
・The engine is DTC sets - Type A.
P0103 A running. ・The ECM limits the
・DTCs P0560 and fuel injection quantity.
P060B are not set. ・The ECM inhibits the
EGR control.
・The ECM assumes a
default MAF value.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-31

DTC P0112 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 22) Intake Air 18 to 32 V. the IAT sensor signal the check engine
Temperature Sensor ・The ignition switch is voltage is 0.1 V or lesswarning light. Refer to
P0112 A Circuit Low ON. for 3 seconds. Action taken when
・DTCs P060B and DTC sets - Type A.
P0651 are not set. ・The ECM assumes a
default IAT value.
DTC P0113 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 22) Intake Air 18 to 32 V. the IAT sensor signal the check engine
Temperature Sensor ・The ignition switch is voltage is 4.85 V or warning light. Refer to
Circuit High ON. more for 3 seconds. Action taken when
P0113 A
・The engine runtime is DTC sets - Type A.
3 minutes or more. ・The ECM assumes a
・DTCs P060B and default IAT value.
P0651 are not set.
DTC P0116 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 23) Engine 18 to 32 V. the difference between the check engine
Coolant Temperature ・The ignition switch is the maximum and warning light. Refer to
Sensor Circuit Range/ ON. minimum engine Action taken when
Performance ・The vehicle runtime coolant temperatures is DTC sets - Type B.
is more than 5 minutes less than the range of 1 ・The ECM inhibits the
with a vehicle speed of to 15°C {1.8 to 27°F}. EGR control.
4 km/h {3 mph} or ・The ECM inhibits the
more. VGS control.
・The engine speed is ・The ECM assumes a
1400 rpm or more and default engine coolant
the engine runtime is temperature value.
P0116 B
more than 5 minutes.
・The accumulated fuel
injection quantity since
engine start-up is more
than or equal to the
predetermined range.
・DTCs P0117, P0118,
P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0500, P0502,
P0503, P060B, P1261,
P1262, and P1655 are
not set.
DTC P0117 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 23) Engine 18 - 32 V. the engine coolant the check engine
Coolant Temperature ・The ignition switch is temperature sensor warning light. Refer to
Sensor Circuit Low ON. signal voltage is 0.1 V Action taken when
P0117 A
・DTCs P060B and or less for 3 seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
P1655 are not set. ・The ECM assumes a
default engine coolant
temperature value.
DTC P0118 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 23) Engine 18 to 32 V. the engine coolant the check engine
Coolant Temperature ・The ignition switch is temperature sensor warning light. Refer to
Sensor Circuit High ON. signal voltage is 4.85 V Action taken when
P0118 A
・The engine runtime is or more for 3 seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
5 seconds or more. ・The ECM assumes a
・DTCs P060B and default engine coolant
P1655 are not set. temperature value.
1A-32 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0122 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 43) Throttle 18 to 32 V. the intake throttle the check engine
Position Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is position sensor signal warning light. Refer to
P0122 A
Low ON. voltage is 0.1 V or less Action taken when
・DTC P060B is not for 3 seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
set.
DTC P0123 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 43) Throttle 18 to 32 V. the intake throttle the check engine
Position Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is position sensor signal warning light. Refer to
P0123 A
High ON. voltage is 4.9 V or Action taken when
・DTC P060B is not more for 3 seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
set.
DTC P0182 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 211) Fuel 18 - 32 V. the fuel temperature the check engine
Temperature Sensor ・The ignition switch is sensor signal voltage is warning light. Refer to
Circuit Low ON. 0.1 V or less for 3 Action taken when
・DTCs P060B and seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
P0182 A
P1655 are not set. ・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM assumes a
default fuel
temperature value.
DTC P0183 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 211) Fuel 18 to 32 V. the fuel temperature the check engine
Temperature Sensor ・The ignition switch is sensor signal voltage is warning light. Refer to
Circuit High ON. 4.85 V or more for 3 Action taken when
・The engine runtime is seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
P0183 A
3 minutes or more. ・The ECM limits the
・DTCs P060B and fuel rail pressure.
P1655 are not set. ・The ECM assumes a
default fuel
temperature value.
DTC P0192 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 245) Fuel Rail 18 to 32 V. the FRP sensor signal the check engine
Pressure Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is voltage is 0.7 V or less. warning light. Refer to
Low ON. Action taken when
・DTCs P060B and DTC sets - Type A.
P0651 are not set. ・The ECM inhibits
P0192 A
pre-injection.
・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM assumes a
default fuel rail
pressure value.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-33

DTC P0193 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 245) Fuel Rail 18 to 32 V. the FRP sensor signal the check engine
Pressure Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is voltage is 4.75 V or warning light. Refer to
High ON. more. Action taken when
・DTCs P060B and DTC sets - Type A.
P0651 are not set. ・The ECM inhibits
P0193 A
pre-injection.
・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM assumes a
default fuel rail
pressure value.
DTC P0201 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 271) Injector 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Circuit Open - Cylinder ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that warning light. Refer to
1 ON. there is an open circuit Action taken when
・The engine is in the injector solenoid DTC sets - Type A.
running. circuit.
P0201 A ・DTCs P1261 and ・The ECM detects that
P2146 are not set. there is a short to the
voltage circuit, or a
short to the charge
voltage circuit in the
injector solenoid
control circuit.
DTC P0202 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 272) Injector 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Circuit Open - Cylinder ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that warning light. Refer to
2 ON. there is an open circuit Action taken when
・The engine is in the injector solenoid DTC sets - Type A.
running. circuit.
P0202 A ・DTCs P1262 and ・The ECM detects that
P2149 are not set. there is a short to the
voltage circuit, or a
short to the charge
voltage circuit in the
injector solenoid
control circuit.
DTC P0203 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 273) Injector 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Circuit Open - Cylinder ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that warning light. Refer to
3 ON. there is an open circuit Action taken when
・The engine is in the injector solenoid DTC sets - Type A.
running. circuit.
P0203 A ・DTCs P1262 and ・The ECM detects that
P2149 are not set. there is a short to the
voltage circuit, or a
short to the charge
voltage circuit in the
injector solenoid
control circuit.
1A-34 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0204 (Flash ・The battery voltage is


Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 274) Injector 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Circuit Open - Cylinder ・The ignition switch is
・The ECM detects that warning light. Refer to
4 ON. there is an open circuit Action taken when
・The engine is in the injector solenoid DTC sets - Type A.
running. circuit.
P0204 A ・DTCs P1261 and ・The ECM detects that
P2146 are not set. there is a short to the
voltage circuit, or a
short to the charge
voltage circuit in the
injector solenoid
control circuit.
DTC P0217 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM does not
Code 542) Engine 18 to 32 V. the engine coolant illuminate the check
Coolant Over ・The ignition switch is temperature is 110°C engine warning light.
Temperature Condition ON. {230°F} or more for 5 Refer to Action taken
P0217 D ・The engine is seconds. when DTC sets - Type
running. D.
・DTCs P0117, P0118,
P060B, and P1655 are
not set.
DTC P0219 (Flash ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM does not
Code 543) Engine the engine speed is illuminate the check
Overspeed Condition 3,640 rpm or more. engine warning light.
P0219 D -
Refer to Action taken
when DTC sets - Type
D.
DTC P0234 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 42) Turbocharger ON. the boost pressure is the check engine
Overboost Condition ・DTCs P060B, P160B, abnormally high for 5 warning light. Refer to
P0234 A P1655, and U0073 are seconds or more. Action taken when
not set. DTC sets - Type A.
・The ECM limits the
fuel injection quantity.
DTC P0237 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 32) Turbocharger 18 to 32 V. the boost pressure the check engine
Boost Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is sensor signal voltage is warning light. Refer to
Low ON. 0.1 V or less for 3 Action taken when
P0237 A
・DTCs P060B, P0651, seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
P160B, P1655, P2228, ・The ECM assumes a
and P2229 are not set. default boost pressure
value.
DTC P0238 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 32) Turbocharger 18 - 32 V. the boost pressure the check engine
Boost Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is sensor signal voltage is warning light. Refer to
High ON. 4.9 V or more for 3 Action taken when
P0238 A
・DTCs P060B and seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
P1655 are not set. ・The ECM assumes a
default boost pressure
value.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-35

DTC P0299 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 65) Turbocharger ON. the actual boost the check engine
Underboost ・The engine speed is pressure is lower than warning light. Refer to
1000 to 2600 rpm. the desired boost Action taken when
・The fuel injection pressure by the DTC sets - Type B.
quantity is more than or predetermined value or
equal to the more for 5 seconds or
predetermined value. more.
・DTCs P0087, P0088,
P0299 B
P0089, P0091, P0092,
P0093, P0117, P0118,
P0122, P0123, P0192,
P0193, P0201, P0202,
P0203, P0204, P0237,
P0238, P060B, P0638,
P0651, P1093, P160B,
P1655, P2228, P2229,
and U0073 are not set.
DTC P0335 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 15) Crankshaft ON. no CKP sensor signal the check engine
Position Sensor Circuit ・The CMP sensor pulse is generated warning light. Refer to
P0335 A signal pulses are while the engine is Action taken when
detected. running. DTC sets - Type A.
・DTCs P0016, P0336,
and P0340 are not set.
DTC P0336 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects ・The ECM illuminates
Code 15) Crankshaft ON. excessive or short CKP the check engine
Position Sensor Circuit ・The CKP sensor sensor signal pulses warning light. Refer to
P0336 A Range/Performance signal pulses are while the engine is Action taken when
detected. running. DTC sets - Type A.
・DTCs P0016, P0335,
and P0340 are not set.
DTC P0340 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 14) Camshaft ON. no CMP sensor signal the check engine
Position Sensor Circuit ・The CKP sensor pulse is generated warning light. Refer to
P0340 A signal pulses are while the engine is Action taken when
detected. running. DTC sets - Type A.
・DTCs P0016, P0335,
and P0336 are not set.
DTC P0341 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects ・The ECM illuminates
Code 14) Camshaft ON. excessive or short CMP the check engine
Position Sensor Circuit ・The CMP sensor sensor signal pulses warning light. Refer to
P0341 A Range/Performance signal pulses are while the engine is Action taken when
detected. running. DTC sets - Type A.
・DTCs P0335, P0336, ・The ECM inhibits
and P0340 are not set. engine startup.
1A-36 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0401 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 93) Exhaust Gas 16 to 32 V. the MAF value is not the check engine
Recirculation (EGR) ・The ignition switch is within the calculated warning light. Refer to
Flow Insufficient ON. range during the EGR Action taken when
Detected ・DTCs P0102, P0103, flow test for 5 seconds DTC sets - Type B.
P0112, P0113, P0116, or more. (This indicates
P0401 B P0117, P0118, P0122, that the EGR flow is
P0123, P042E, P042F, insufficient.)
P0500, P0502, P0503,
P0560, P060B, P0638,
P160B, P1655, P2227,
P2228, and P2229 are
not set.
DTC P0409 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 44) Exhaust Gas 18 to 32 V. the EGR position the check engine
Recirculation (EGR) ・The ignition switch is sensor signals are stuck
warning light. Refer to
Sensor Circuit ON. in a low state or a high
Action taken when
P0409 A ・DTCs P060B and state for 3 seconds or DTC sets - Type A.
P0651 are not set. more. ・The ECM limits the
fuel injection quantity.
・The ECM inhibits the
EGR control.
DTC P042E (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 45) Exhaust Gas 16 to 32 V. the difference between the check engine
Recirculation (EGR) ・The ignition switch is the actual EGR valve warning light. Refer to
BLDC Close Position ON. opening position and Action taken when
Performance ・The desired EGR the desired valve DTC sets - Type A.
valve opening position opening position is ・The ECM limits the
P042E A
is constant. 40% or more for 5 fuel injection quantity.
・DTCs P0112, P0113, seconds or more. ・The ECM inhibits the
P0117, P0118, P060B, EGR control.
P0651, P160B, P1655,
P2228, and P2229 are
not set.
DTC P042F (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 45) Exhaust Gas 16 to 32 V. the actual EGR valve the check engine
Recirculation (EGR) ・The ignition switch is opening position is less warning light. Refer to
BLDC Open Position ON. than the desired valve Action taken when
Performance ・The EGR control is opening position by DTC sets - Type A.
P042F A commanded ON. 10% or more for 5 ・The ECM limits the
・DTCs P0112, P0113, seconds or more. fuel injection quantity.
P0117, P0118, P060B, ・The ECM inhibits the
P0651, P160B, P1655, EGR control.
P2228, and P2229 are
not set.
DTC P0477 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects a ・The ECM illuminates
Code 46) Exhaust 18 to 32 V. low voltage condition the check engine
Pressure Control Valve ・The ignition switch is in the exhaust brake warning light. Refer to
P0477 A Low ON. solenoid valve control Action taken when
・The engine is circuit for 3 seconds or DTC sets - Type A.
running. more when the solenoid ・The ECM inhibits the
is commanded OFF. exhaust brake control.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-37

DTC P0478 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects a ・The ECM illuminates
Code 46) Exhaust 18 to 32 V. high voltage condition the check engine
Pressure Control Valve ・The ignition switch is in the exhaust brake warning light. Refer to
P0478 A High ON. solenoid valve control Action taken when
・The engine is circuit for 3 seconds or DTC sets - Type A.
running. more when the solenoid ・The ECM inhibits the
is commanded ON. exhaust brake control.
DTC P0500 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 25) Vehicle 18 - 32 V. no vehicle speed signal the SVS indicator light.
Speed Sensor ・The ignition switch is pulse has been Refer to Action taken
ON. generated for 7 when DTC sets - Type
・The fuel injection is seconds. C.
OFF with the ・The ECM assumes a
P0500 C
accelerator pedal not default vehicle speed
depressed. value.
・The engine speed is
2,000 rpm or more.
・DTC P0219 is not
set.
DTC P0502 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 25) Vehicle 18 to 32 V. the vehicle speed the SVS indicator light.
Speed Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is sensor signal voltage is Refer to Action taken
Low Input ON. 0.5 V or less. when DTC sets - Type
P0502 C ・DTC P060B is not C.
set. ・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
DTC P0503 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 25) Vehicle 18 to 32 V. the vehicle speed the SVS indicator light.
Speed Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is sensor signal voltage is Refer to Action taken
High Input ON. 20 V or more. when DTC sets - Type
P0503 C ・DTC P060B is not C.
set. ・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
DTC P0560 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 155) System 18 to 32 V. the voltage of 12 V the check engine
Voltage ・The ignition switch is reference circuit is 7 V warning light. Refer to
ON. or less, or 19 V or Action taken when
・DTC P060B is not more. DTC sets - Type A.
P0560 A set. ・The ECM limits the
fuel injection quantity.
・The ECM inhibits the
EGR control.
・The ECM assumes a
default MAF value.
DTC P0563 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 35) System 18 to 32 V. the voltage of the the SVS indicator light.
P0563 C Voltage High ・DTC P060B is not ignition power supply Refer to Action taken
set. circuit is 32 V or more when DTC sets - Type
for 30 minutes. C.
1A-38 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0601 (Flash ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 53) Internal the calculated the check engine
Control Module checksum does not warning light. Refer to
Memory Check Sum match the checksum Action taken when
Error stored in the internal DTC sets - Type A.
ROM. ・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
P0601 A - ・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM stops the
engine. (The engine is
ready to start after the
ignition switch is
turned OFF for 10
seconds or more.)
DTC P0602 (Flash ・The ignition switch is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 154) Control ON. are met: the SVS indicator light.
Module Programming ・The ECM detects that Refer to Action taken
Error the Injector ID Code is when DTC sets - Type
P0602 C not programmed. C.
・The ECM detects an
error in the
programmed Injector
ID Code.
DTC P0604 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects an ・The ECM illuminates
Code 153) Internal 16 V or more. internal RAM the check engine
Control Module RAM ・The ignition switch is malfunction. warning light. Refer to
Error ON. Action taken when
DTC sets - Type A.
・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
P0604 A ・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM stops the
engine. (The engine is
ready to start after the
ignition switch is
turned OFF for 10
seconds or more.)
DTC P0606 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects a ・The ECM illuminates
Code 51) ECM/PCM 16 V or more. malfunction in the the check engine
Processor ・The ignition switch is internal main CPU or warning light. Refer to
P0606 A ON. sub IC. Action taken when
DTC sets - Type A.
・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-39

DTC P060B (Flash ・The ECM detects an ・The ECM illuminates


Code 36) Internal internal A/D converter the check engine
Control Module A/D malfunction. warning light. Refer to
Processing Action taken when
Performance DTC sets - Type A.
・The ECM inhibits
P060B A - pre-injection.
・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM inhibits the
exhaust brake control.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
DTC P0638 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 61) Throttle 18 to 32 V. the difference between the check engine
Actuator Control ・The ignition switch is the actual intake warning light. Refer to
Range/Performance ON. throttle valve opening Action taken when
・The desired intake position and the desired DTC sets - Type A.
throttle valve opening valve opening position
P0638 A
position is stable. is 40% or more for 5
・The intake throttle seconds or more.
motor is commanded
ON.
・DTCs P060B, P160B,
and P1655 are not set.
DTC P0641 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 55) Sensor 18 to 32 V. the voltage of 5 V the check engine
Reference Voltage 1 ・The ignition switch is reference circuit 1 is warning light. Refer to
Circuit ON. 4.5 V or less, or 5.5 V Action taken when
・DTC P060B is not or more. DTC sets - Type A.
set. ・The ECM inhibits the
P0641 A PTO control.
・The ECM assumes a
default idle up volume
value.
・The ECM assumes a
default PTO throttle
opening position value.
DTC P0650 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 77) Malfunction 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Indicator Lamp (MIL) ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects a warning light. Refer to
Control Circuit ON. low voltage condition Action taken when
in the check engine DTC sets - Type A.
warning light control
circuit when the light is
P0650 A
commanded OFF.
・The ECM detects a
high voltage condition
in the check engine
warning light control
circuit when the light is
commanded ON.
1A-40 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0651 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that
・The ECM illuminates
Code 56) Sensor 18 to 32 V. the voltage of 5 V the check engine
Reference Voltage 2 ・The ignition switch is reference circuit 2 or 5
warning light. Refer to
Circuit ON. is 4.5 V or less, or 5.5
Action taken when
・DTC P060B is not V or more. DTC sets - Type A.
set. ・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
・The ECM limits the
P0651 A
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
・The ECM assumes a
default fuel rail
pressure value.
・The ECM assumes a
default IAT value.
DTC P0685 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects a ・The ECM illuminates
Code 416) ECM Power 18 to 32 V. low voltage condition the SVS indicator light.
Relay Control Circuit ・The ignition switch is in the ECM main relay Refer to Action taken
P0685 C Open ON. voltage supply circuit when DTC sets - Type
・DTC P060B is not for 3 seconds when the C.
set. relay is commanded
ON.
DTC P0687 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 416) ECM Power OFF. the ECM main relay the SVS indicator light.
P0687 C Relay Control Circuit turns ON when the Refer to Action taken
High relay is commanded when DTC sets - Type
OFF. C.
DTC P06AF (Flash ・The engine speed is Injector custom IC Injector custom IC
Code 277) Torque 100 rpm or more. malfunction malfunction
Management System - ・The ECM detects the ・The ECM illuminates
Forced Engine injector custom IC the check engine
Shutdown malfunction. warning light. Refer to
Injector custom IC Action taken when
communication DTC sets - Type A.
malfunction Injector custom IC
・The ECM detects the communication
A
P06AF injector custom IC malfunction, injector
D
communication custom IC checksum
malfunction. malfunction
Injector custom IC ・The ECM does not
checksum malfunction illuminate the check
・The ECM detects that engine warning light or
the injector custom IC SVS indicator light.
is reset. Refer to Action taken
when DTC sets - Type
D.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-41

DTC P06D2 Sensor ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Reference Voltage 5 18 to 32 V. the voltage of 5 V the check engine
Circuit ・The ignition switch is reference circuit 5 is warning light. Refer to
ON. 4.5 V or less, or 5.5 V Action taken when
・DTC P060B is not or more. DTC sets - Type A.
set. ・The ECM flashes the
exhaust brake indicator
light.
・The ECM limits the
fuel injection quantity.
・The ECM inhibits the
pre-injection.
P06D2 A
・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM substitutes
a default barometric
pressure value.
・The ECM substitutes
a default fuel rail
pressure value.
・The ECM substitutes
a default IAT value.
・The ECM inhibits the
exhaust brake control.
DTC P1093 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 227) Fuel Rail 18 to 32 V. the actual fuel rail the check engine
Pressure Too Low ・The ignition switch is pressure is less than the warning light. Refer to
ON. desired fuel rail Action taken when
・The engine is pressure by 50 MPa DTC sets - Type B.
P1093 B
running. {7,250 psi} or more for
・The FRP regulator 5 seconds or more.
commands the fuel
flow rate higher than a
predetermined level.
DTC P1261 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 34) Injector 16 to 32 V. there is an open circuit the check engine
Positive Voltage ・The ignition switch is in the common power warning light. Refer to
P1261 A Control Circuit Group ON. supply 1 injector Action taken when
1 charge voltage circuit DTC sets - Type A.
in the ECM. ・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
DTC P1262 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 34) Injector 16 to 32 V. there is an open circuit the check engine
Positive Voltage ・The ignition switch is in the common power warning light. Refer to
P1262 A Control Circuit Group ON. supply 2 injector Action taken when
2 charge voltage circuit DTC sets - Type A.
in the ECM. ・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
1A-42 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P1404 (Flash Closed Position Error Closed Position Error ・The ECM illuminates
Code 45) Exhaust Gas DTC DTC the check engine
Recirculation (EGR) ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that warning light. Refer to
Position Fault 16 to 32 V. the difference between Action taken when
・The desired EGR the actual EGR valve DTC sets - Type A.
valve opening position opening position and ・The ECM limits the
is constant. the desired valve fuel injection quantity.
・DTC P060B is not opening position is
set. 15% or more for 5
P1404 A Learned Position Error seconds or more.
DTC Learned Position Error
・DTC P060B is not DTC
set. ・The ECM detects that
the learned closed
position of the EGR
valve is not within the
predetermined range
when the ignition
switch is turned OFF.
DTC P160B (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects a ・The ECM illuminates
Code 36) AD-IC 18 - 32 V. malfunction in the the check engine
Failure Error signal from the AD-IC. warning light. Refer to
Action taken when
DTC sets - Type A.
・The ECM inhibits
P160B A pre-injection.
・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
・The ECM inhibits the
exhaust brake control.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
DTC P1621 (Flash ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 54) Control ON. the calculated the check engine
Module Long Term checksum does not warning light. Refer to
P1621 A
Memory Performance match the checksum Action taken when
stored in the internal DTC sets - Type A.
EEPROM.
DTC P1655 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 59) 5 Volt 18 to 32 V. the voltage of 5 V the check engine
Reference Circuit ・DTC P060B is not reference circuit 4 is warning light. Refer to
set. 4.5 V or less, or 5.5 V Action taken when
or more. DTC sets - Type A.
・The ECM inhibits
pre-injection.
・The ECM limits the
fuel rail pressure.
P1655 A
・The ECM assumes a
default engine coolant
temperature value.
・The ECM assumes a
default fuel
temperature value.
・The ECM assumes a
default boost pressure
value.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-43

DTC P2122 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 121) Pedal 18 to 32 V. the accelerator pedal the check engine
Position Sensor 1 ・The ignition switch is position sensor 1 signal warning light. Refer to
Circuit Low Input ON. voltage is 0.2 V or less. Action taken when
P2122 A ・DTCs P060B and DTC sets - Type A.
P0641 are not set. ・The ECM inhibits the
exhaust brake control.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
DTC P2123 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 121) Pedal 18 to 32 V. the accelerator pedal the check engine
Position Sensor 1 ・The ignition switch is position sensor 1 signal warning light. Refer to
Circuit High Input ON. voltage is 4.9 V or Action taken when
P2123 A ・DTCs P060B and more. DTC sets - Type A.
P0641 are not set. ・The ECM inhibits the
exhaust brake control.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
DTC P2127 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 122) Pedal 18 to 32 V. the accelerator pedal the check engine
Position Sensor 2 ・The ignition switch is position sensor 2 signal warning light. Refer to
Circuit Low Input ON. voltage is 0.2 V or less. Action taken when
P2127 A ・DTCs P060B and DTC sets - Type A.
P0651 are not set. ・The ECM inhibits the
exhaust brake control.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
DTC P2128 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 122) Pedal 18 to 32 V. the accelerator pedal the check engine
Position Sensor 2 ・The ignition switch is position sensor 2 signal warning light. Refer to
Circuit High Input ON. voltage is 4.9 V or Action taken when
P2128 A ・DTCs P060B and more. DTC sets - Type A.
P0651 are not set. ・The ECM inhibits the
exhaust brake control.
・The ECM inhibits the
PTO control.
DTC P2138 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 124) Pedal 18 to 32 V. accelerator pedal the check engine
Position Sensor 1 - 2 ・The ignition switch is position sensors 1 and warning light. Refer to
Voltage Correlation ON. 2 deviate from the Action taken when
・The accelerator pedal range by 45% or more. DTC sets - Type A.
position sensor 1 signal ・The ECM inhibits the
P2138 A
voltage is 0.2 to 4.9 V. exhaust brake control.
・The accelerator pedal ・The ECM inhibits the
position sensor 2 signal PTO control.
voltage is 0.2 to 4.9 V.
・DTCs P060B, P0641,
and P0651 are not set.
1A-44 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P2146 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 158) Fuel Injector 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Group 1 Supply ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects warning light. Refer to
Voltage Circuit ON. there is an open circuit, Action taken when
・The engine is a short to ground, or a DTC sets - Type A.
running. short to the voltage ・The ECM inhibits
・DTCs P0201, P0204, circuit in the common pre-injection.
P2146 A and P1261 are not set. power supply 1 injector
charge voltage circuit.
・The ECM detects that
there is a short to
ground in the injector
solenoid control circuit
of cylinder No. 1 or
No. 4.
DTC P2149 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 159) Fuel Injector 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Group 2 Supply ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects warning light. Refer to
Voltage Circuit ON. there is an open circuit, Action taken when
・The engine is a short to ground, or a DTC sets - Type A.
running. short to the voltage ・The ECM inhibits
・DTCs P0202, P0203, circuit in the common pre-injection.
P2149 A and P1262 are not set. power supply 2 injector
charge voltage circuit.
・The ECM detects that
there is a short to
ground in the injector
solenoid control circuit
of cylinder No. 2 or
No. 3.
DTC P2227 (Flash ・The battery voltage is Any of the following ・The ECM illuminates
Code 71) Barometric 18 to 32 V. are met: the check engine
Pressure Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is ・The ECM detects that warning light. Refer to
Range/Performance ON. the barometric pressure Action taken when
・The engine speed is is higher than the boost DTC sets - Type B.
625 rpm or less. pressure by 12 kPa {1.8 ・The ECM inhibits the
・The fuel injection psi} or more for 7 EGR control.
quantity is less than or seconds or more. ・The ECM inhibits the
equal to the ・The ECM detects that VGS control.
predetermined value. the barometric pressure ・The ECM assumes a
・The accelerator pedal is lower than the boost default barometric
P2227 B is not depressed. pressure by 10 kPa {1.5 pressure value.
・The vehicle is psi} or more for 7
stopped. seconds or more.
・DTCs P0102, P0103,
P0112, P0113, P0116,
P0117, P0118, P0122,
P0123, P0237, P0238,
P042E, P042F, P0500,
P0502, P0503, P0560,
P060B, P0638, P0651,
P160B, P1655, P2228,
and P2229 are not set.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-45

DTC P2228 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 71) Barometric 18 to 32 V. the barometric pressure the check engine
Pressure Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is sensor signal voltage is warning light. Refer to
Low ON. 0.5 V or less for 5 Action taken when
P2228 A
・DTCs P060B and seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
P0651 are not set. ・The ECM assumes a
default barometric
pressure value.
DTC P2229 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 71) Barometric 18 to 32 V. the barometric pressure the check engine
Pressure Sensor Circuit ・The ignition switch is sensor signal voltage is warning light. Refer to
High ON. 4.0 V or more for 5 Action taken when
P2229 A
・DTCs P060B and seconds. DTC sets - Type A.
P0651 are not set. ・The ECM assumes a
default barometric
pressure value.
DTC P253A (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 28) PTO Sensor 18 to 32 V. the PTO throttle sensor the SVS indicator light.
Circuit ・The ignition switch is signal voltage is 4.8 V Refer to Action taken
ON. or more. when DTC sets - Type
P253A C
・DTC P060B is not C.
set. ・The ECM assumes a
default PTO throttle
opening position value.
DTC P256A (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM illuminates
Code 31) Engine Idle 18 to 32 V. the idle up sensor the SVS indicator light.
Speed Selector Sensor ・The ignition switch is signal voltage is 0.1 V Refer to Action taken
ON. or less, or 4.9 V or when DTC sets - Type
P256A C
・DTCs P060B and more for 3 seconds or C.
P0641 are not set. more. ・The ECM assumes a
default idle up volume
value.
DTC U0073 (Flash ・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects a ・The ECM illuminates
Code 84) Control 20 V or more. malfunction in the the check engine
U0073 A Module ・The ignition switch is CAN communication warning light. Refer to
Communication Bus ON. circuit. Action taken when
Off DTC sets - Type A.
DTC U0110 (Flash Error message DTC Error message DTC ・The ECM illuminates
Code 87) Lost ・The battery voltage is ・The VGS control unit the check engine
Communication With 20 to 32 V. receives an error CAN warning light. Refer to
VNT System ・The ignition switch is message from the Action taken when
ON. ECM. DTC sets - Type A.
Communication with Communication failure ・The ECM limits the
U0110 A the DTC is lost DTC fuel injection quantity.
・The battery voltage is ・The ECM detects that ・The ECM inhibits the
20 V or more. CAN messages from EGR control.
・The ignition switch is the VGS control unit ・The ECM inhibits the
ON. are not being received. VGS control.
・DTC U0073 is not
set.
1A-46 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC type definitions


1. DTC type definitions
There are 3 DTC types: Type A, B, and D. Among these DTCs, type A and B DTCs are related to emission whereas type D
DTCs are related to items other than emission.
1. Action taken when DTC sets - Type A
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light when the diagnostic runs and fails.
・ The ECM records the operating conditions when the diagnostic runs and fails. The ECM stores this information in the
Freeze Frame/Failure Records.
2. Action taken when DTC sets - Type B
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light after 2 consecutive driving cycles when the diagnostic runs and
fails.
・ The ECM records the operating conditions when the diagnostic runs and fails. The first time the diagnostic runs and
fails, the ECM stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure in 2 consecutive
driving cycles, the ECM records the operating conditions at the time of failure, stores this information in the Freeze
Frame, and updates the Failure Records.
3. Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B
・ The ECM turns OFF the check engine warning light after 1 ignition cycle when the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
・ A current DTC is cleared when the diagnostic runs and passes.
・ The DTC history is cleared after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles if no failures are reported.
・ Clear the check engine warning light and the DTC with a scan tool.
4. Action taken when DTC sets - Type D
・ The ECM does not illuminate the check engine warning light.
・ The ECM records the operating conditions when the diagnostic runs and fails. The ECM stores this information in the
Failure Records.
5. Condition for clearing the DTC - Type D
・ A current DTC is cleared when the diagnostic runs and passes.
・ The DTC history is cleared after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles if no failures are reported.
・ Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-47

DTC P0016 (Flash Code 16)


Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation
1. DTC P0016 DTC Information
1. DTC P0016 description
The CKP sensor is installed on the top of the flywheel housing. The sensor rotor is fixed on the flywheel. There are 56
notches spaced 6° apart and a 30° opening. Top dead center (TDC) of cylinder No. 1 can be detected through this opening.
The CMP sensor is installed on the rear of the cylinder head on which the camshaft gear is located. The CMP sensor detects 5
projections in total per 1 engine cycle. The camshaft gear has 4 projections evenly spaced 90° apart and 1 reference
projection. By detecting the opening with the CKP sensor and the 1 reference projection with the CMP sensor, the ECM
determines compression top dead center of cylinder No. 1 to verify that they correlate with each other. If the ECM detects
that both signals are not synchronized, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0016
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The CKP sensor signal pulses are detected.
・ The CMP sensor signal pulses are detected.
・ DTCs P0335, P0336, and P0340 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0336 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the CKP sensor signal and the CMP sensor signal are not synchronized while the engine is
running.
3. Action taken when DTC P0016 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0016
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0016 diagnostics
Note:
・ This DTC is set when the engine ignition timing is improper. Incorrect installation of the timing gear, flywheel,
or camshaft is most likely the cause.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
1A-48 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Start the engine. If the engine does not start, crank the engine for 10 seconds.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0335, P0336, or P0340 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0336 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. CKP sensor and CMP sensor inspection
3. CKP sensor and CMP sensor inspection
1) Inspect the CKP sensor and CMP sensor for the following.
Damaged sensor

Loose or improperly installed sensor

Excessive clearance

Foreign material passes through the gap between the sensor and the sensor rotor or between the sensor and the

camshaft gear.
・ Damage to the sensor rotor or camshaft gear
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor rotor or camshaft gear
2) Inspect the installation status of the timing gear and camshaft.
Note:
・ If the flywheel dowel pins are missing or pushed, or the flywheel is not correctly installed, the DTC may be
set.
3) Repair or replace as necessary.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine. If the engine does not start, crank the engine for 10 seconds.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-49

DTC P0045 (Flash Code 33)


Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Circuit
1. DTC P0045 DTC Information
1. DTC P0045 description
The position of the turbocharger nozzle is controlled by the VGS control unit based on commands from the ECM. The VGS
control unit controls the drive signal to the turbocharger control solenoid installed to the turbocharger by utilizing position
sensor inputs that control the turbocharger nozzles. If no load is applied to the engine, the nozzle is open or there is no boost
pressure. If a load is applied to the engine, the VGS control unit controls the motor and closes the turbocharger nozzle. As a
result, boost pressure is increased. The ECM controls changes in boost pressure according to the load requirements of the
engine. The VGS control unit has the ability to perform internal diagnosis for voltage and signal input and output status. If
the VGS control unit detects a nozzle position signal error, motor control signal error, or VGS control unit voltage error, the
VGS control unit will send a message to the ECM via the CAN communication bus and the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0045
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 20 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The VGS control unit detects an excessively high voltage.
・ The VGS control unit detects that all position sensor signals are in Low or High condition and have not changed.
・ The VGS control unit detects an open circuit, a short to ground, or a short to the voltage circuit in the solenoid circuit.
・ The VGS control unit detects that the solenoid or nozzle control is stuck.
3. Action taken when DTC P0045 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
・ The ECM inhibits the VGS control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0045
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0045 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0563 set at the same time?
1A-50 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Yes
Go to DTC P0563 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0563 (Flash Code 35) System Voltage High" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Turbocharger inspection
3. Turbocharger inspection
1) Inspect the turbocharger for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Abnormal conditions such as damage or breakage of the turbocharger
・ Breakage of the turbocharger control linkage
・ Abnormal conditions such as damage or breakage of the VGS actuator
・ Abnormal conditions such as improper installation or looseness of the VGS actuator
Yes
⇒Go to 4. VGS solenoid circuit voltage check
No
Repair as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
4. VGS solenoid circuit voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
2) Disconnect the VGS actuator harness connector (E2).
3) Connect a test lamp between the VGS solenoid circuit (pins 6, 7, and 8 of E2) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Is there any circuit in which the test lamp does not illuminate or remains illuminated?
Note:
・ The test lamp is normally turned ON and then turned OFF.
・ The inspection using a test light should be performed on each circuit.
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in VGS solenoid circuit
No
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short circuit in VGS solenoid circuit
5. Inspection for short circuit in VGS solenoid circuit
1) Inspect the solenoid circuit between the VGS control unit (pins 10, 11, and 12 of J247) and the VGS actuator (pins 6, 7,
and 8 of E2) for a short circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. VGS position sensor power supply voltage check
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in VGS solenoid circuit
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-51
1) Inspect the solenoid circuit in which the test lamp either does not illuminate or continuously illuminates between the
VGS control unit (pins 10, 11, and 12 of J247) and the VGS actuator (pins 6, 7, and 8 of E2) for the following. Is the
result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to position sensor circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 15. VGS control unit harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
7. VGS position sensor power supply voltage check
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Measure the voltage between the VGS position sensor power supply circuit (pin 1 of E2) and the frame ground with a
DMM. Is the voltage within the specified range?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Standard: 8.0 to 10.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 8. VGS position sensor signal voltage check
No
⇒Go to 11. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in VGS position sensor power supply circuit
8. VGS position sensor signal voltage check
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Measure the voltage between the VGS position sensor signal circuit (pins 2, 3, and 4 of E2) and the frame ground with a
DMM. Is the voltage within the specified range?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Standard: 4.0 to 6.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for short circuit in VGS position sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 12. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in VGS position sensor signal circuit
9. Inspection for short circuit in VGS position sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor signal circuit between the VGS control unit (pins 1, 2, and 3 of J247) and the VGS actuator
(pins 2, 3, and 4 of E2) for a short circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. VGS position sensor circuit voltage check
No
1A-52 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
10. VGS position sensor circuit voltage check
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Measure the voltage between the VGS position sensor power supply circuit and the low reference circuit (pins 1 and 5
of E2) with a DMM. Is the voltage within the specified range?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 8.0 to 10.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 14. VGS actuator harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 13. Inspection for open circuit in VGS position sensor low reference circuit
11. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in VGS position sensor power supply circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor power supply circuit between the VGS control unit (pin 8 of J247) and the VGS actuator
(pin 1 of E2) for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 15. VGS control unit harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
12. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in VGS position sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor signal circuit between the VGS control unit (pins 1, 2, and 3 of J247) and the VGS actuator
(pins 2, 3, and 4 of E2) for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ Short to the power supply circuit
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 15. VGS control unit harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
13. Inspection for open circuit in VGS position sensor low reference circuit
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-53
1) Inspect the position sensor low reference circuit between the VGS control unit (pin 4 of J247) and the VGS actuator
(pin 5 of E2) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 15. VGS control unit harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
14. VGS actuator harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the VGS actuator harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 of E2). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the turbocharger.
Refer to "1.Engine 1F.Induction(4HL1) Turbocharger removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1F.Induction(4HL1) Turbocharger installation".
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
15. VGS control unit harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the VGS control unit harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 11, and 12 of J247). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 16. VGS control unit replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
16. VGS control unit replacement
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) VGS control unit removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) VGS control unit installation".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
17. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
1A-54 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-55

DTC P0087 (Flash Code 225)


Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too Low
1. DTC P0087 DTC Information
1. DTC P0087 description
A typical common rail (fuel rail) system is composed of the following 2 fuel pressure sections. A suction side between the
fuel tank and the fuel supply pump and a high-pressure side between the fuel supply pump and the injectors. The fuel is
drawn from the fuel tank and then pumped into the fuel rail by 2 plungers that are located inside the fuel supply pump. The
fuel rail pressure is regulated through the ECM's control of the FRP regulator based on signals from the FRP sensor. If the
fuel rail pressure becomes excessive, the fuel rail pressure limiter opens to release the excessive pressure and returns the fuel
into the fuel tank. If the ECM detects that the pressure limiter has operated and pressure has sharply decreased after the fuel
rail pressure had increased to an excessively high level, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0087
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P0192, P0193, P060B, P06D2, and P160B are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the fuel rail pressure is 198 MPa {28,710 psi} or more and the pressure limiter is activated.
3. Action taken when DTC P0087 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0087
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0087 diagnostics
Note:
・ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, air may be entered in the fuel system. When there is air in the fuel piping, the
smooth flow of fuel into the fuel supply pump is interrupted and this DTC may be set. Bleed air from the fuel
piping after refilling.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
1A-56 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0088, P0089, P0091, P0092, P0192, P0193, P0201, P0202,
P0203, P0204, P2146, or P2149 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0088 (Flash Code 118) Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0089 (Flash Code 151) Fuel Pressure Regulator Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0091 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0092 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0192 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0193 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158) Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159) Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. DTC check when revving engine
3. DTC check when revving engine
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Set the shift lever to the neutral position and apply the parking brake.
3) Start the engine.
4) While observing the DTC information with a scan tool, depress the accelerator pedal from idle to full throttle several
times. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. FRP sensor signal voltage check
No
An intermittent problem due to foreign object in the fuel can be suspected.
Replace the fuel filter element.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
4. FRP sensor signal voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Wait for 1 minute to reduce the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-57
4) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter within the
specified range?
Value: 0.9 to 1.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Injector inspection
No
⇒Go to 12. FRP sensor circuit inspection
5. Injector inspection
1) Start the engine.
2) Perform the Injector Cutoff with a scan tool.
3) Command each injector OFF and verify the engine speed changes for each injector. Are there any injectors that do not
change the engine speed when commanded OFF?
Yes
Replace the injectors that do not change.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 6. Fuel leakage inspection
6. Fuel leakage inspection
1) Inspect that the fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is properly connected, there are no cuts or
cracks in the fuel hoses, and proper clamps are used. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is slightly vacuumed when the engine is
running. Therefore, if the piping is not connected securely, air can get inside. If the engine speed or the
engine load increases while air is in the fuel system, fluctuation in the fuel rail pressure occurs, and this DTC
may be set.
2) Operate the priming pump until the force required for pressing increases.
Note:
・ When a leak exists in the fuel system between the priming pump and fuel supply pump, the pushing weight
of the priming pump does not get heavy.
3) Start the engine.
4) Check the high-pressure side of the fuel system and inspect for a fuel leakage between the fuel supply pump and the
fuel rail. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ Check for fuel leakage from the high pressure piping inlet to the bottom of the cylinder head cover. If a fuel
leakage exists, the engine oil level will rise. Inspect the engine oil for fuel contamination.
5) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Suction side fuel system check
1A-58 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
No
Repair the fuel leakage as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Suction side fuel system check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the fuel hose from the fuel filter on the fuel supply pump side.
Note:
・ Use a pan to collect the fuel that has leaked from the disconnected fuel hose.
・ The fuel pressure/vacuum gauge and the connection hose must be cleaned before connecting to the fuel
piping. The fuel supply pump may be damaged due to the foreign material that has intruded into the
connection hose.
3) Connect the gauge adapter located in the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge assembly between the fuel filter and the
disconnected fuel hose.

SST: 5-8840-2844-0 - fuel pressure/vacuum gauge set


4) Check that the fuel piping and the special tool are securely connected.
5) Bleed the air with the priming pump.
6) Crank the engine for a maximum of 5 seconds. Repeat as many times as necessary until the engine starts.
7) Allow the engine to idle for at least 1 minute.
8) Observe the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge while holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm or more for at least 1 minute.
Does the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge indicate a vacuum that is more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: -17 kPa { 5 inHg }
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Suction side fuel piping clogging inspection
No
⇒Go to 8. Fuel supply pump suction check
8. Fuel supply pump suction check
1) Pinch the hose or remove the fuel pipings and plug so as to prevent as much fuel from flowing through the fuel hose
near the fuel tank as possible.
Note:
・ This generates a vacuum in the fuel system.
2) Start the engine.
3) Turn the idling control knob until it reaches the maximum position.
Note:
・ If it is rotated completely clockwise, the idle speed is increased up to 1,600 rpm.
4) Check the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge. Can a vacuum of the specified value be drawn at least?
Value: -27 kPa { 8 inHg }
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-59
Caution:
・ If it is likely that the vacuum will show the specified value or more, release the fuel being held up.
Yes
⇒Go to 11. FRP regulator circuit inspection
No
⇒Go to 10. Suction side fuel piping leakage inspection
9. Suction side fuel piping clogging inspection
1) Inspect for breakage or twisting in the fuel system between the fuel supply pump and the fuel tank. Is the result normal?
2) Inspect the fuel tank vent hose for clogging. Is the result normal?
3) If possible, inspect for foreign material in the fuel tank or for foreign material that may cause clogging of the fuel. Is the
result normal?
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the fuel filter element.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
10. Suction side fuel piping leakage inspection
1) Inspect that the fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is properly connected, there are no cuts or
cracks in the fuel hoses, and proper clamps are used. Is the result normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 11. FRP regulator circuit inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. FRP regulator circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP regulator harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E17). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pins 1 and 2 of E17) for
high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the fuel supply pump and the fuel filter element.
1A-60 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ The fuel supply pump must be timed with the engine, and the ECM requires learning.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump installation".
Caution:
・ If the fuel supply pump is replaced, replace the fuel filter element at the same time.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. FRP sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19) for high
resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-61

DTC P0088 (Flash Code 118)


Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too High
1. DTC P0088 DTC Information
1. DTC P0088 description
A typical common rail (fuel rail) system is composed of the following 2 fuel pressure sections: A suction side between the
fuel tank and the fuel supply pump and a high pressure side between the fuel supply pump and the injectors. The fuel is
drawn from the fuel tank and then pumped into the fuel rail by 2 plungers that are located inside the fuel supply pump. The
fuel rail pressure is regulated through the ECM's control of the FRP regulator based on signals from the FRP sensor. If the
ECM detects that the fuel pressure is excessively high for a predetermined period of time, the DTC is set. When the ECM
detects a further higher fuel pressure for a predetermined period of time during the same ignition cycle, the check engine
warning light illuminates. When the check engine warning light illuminates, this means that the fuel pressure has become
excessively high but the pressure limiter is either not operating or not operating quickly enough.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0088
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P060B, P0651, and P160B are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the fuel rail pressure is 198 MPa {28,700 psi} or more for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0088 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0088
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0088 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
1A-62 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0089, P0091, P0092, P0192, P0193, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P2146, or P2149 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0089 (Flash Code 151) Fuel Pressure Regulator Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0091 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0092 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0192 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0193 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158) Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159) Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Fuel rail pressure check
3. Fuel rail pressure check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Set the shift lever to the neutral position and apply the parking brake.
3) Start the engine.
4) While observing the Fuel Rail Pressure parameter on the scan tool, depress the accelerator pedal from idle to full
throttle several times. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 180 MPa { 26,100 psi }
Yes
⇒Go to 4. FRP sensor signal voltage check
No
An intermittent problem due to foreign object in the fuel can be suspected.
Replace the fuel filter element.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
4. FRP sensor signal voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Wait for 1 minute to reduce the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter within the
specified range?
Value: 0.9 to 1.0 V
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-63
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Injector inspection
No
⇒Go to 12. FRP sensor circuit inspection
5. Injector inspection
1) Start the engine.
2) Perform the Injector Cutoff with a scan tool.
3) Command each injector OFF and verify the engine speed changes for each injector. Are there any injectors that do not
change the engine speed when commanded OFF?
Yes
Replace the injectors that do not change.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 6. Fuel leakage inspection
6. Fuel leakage inspection
1) Inspect that the fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is properly connected, there are no cuts or
cracks in the fuel hoses, and proper clamps are used. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is slightly vacuumed when the engine is
running. Therefore, if the piping is not connected securely, air can get inside. If the engine speed or the
engine load increases while air is in the fuel system, fluctuation in the fuel rail pressure occurs, and this DTC
may be set.
2) Operate the priming pump until the force required for pressing increases.
Note:
・ When a leak exists in the fuel system between the priming pump and fuel supply pump, the pushing weight
of the priming pump does not get heavy.
3) Start the engine.
4) Check the high-pressure side of the fuel system and inspect for a fuel leakage between the fuel supply pump and the
fuel rail. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ Check for fuel leakage from the high pressure piping inlet to the bottom of the cylinder head cover. If a fuel
leakage exists, the engine oil level will rise. Inspect the engine oil for fuel contamination.
5) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Suction side fuel system check
No
Repair the fuel leakage as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
1A-64 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
7. Suction side fuel system check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the fuel hose from the fuel filter on the fuel supply pump side.
Note:
・ Use a pan to collect the fuel that has leaked from the disconnected fuel hose.
・ The fuel pressure/vacuum gauge and the connection hose must be cleaned before connecting to the fuel
piping. The fuel supply pump may be damaged due to the foreign material that has intruded into the
connection hose.
3) Connect the gauge adapter located in the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge assembly between the fuel filter and the
disconnected fuel hose.

SST: 5-8840-2844-0 - fuel pressure/vacuum gauge set


4) Check that the fuel piping and the special tool are securely connected.
5) Bleed the air with the priming pump.
6) Crank the engine for a maximum of 5 seconds. Repeat as many times as necessary until the engine starts.
7) Allow the engine to idle for at least 1 minute.
8) Observe the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge while holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm or more for at least 1 minute.
Does the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge indicate a vacuum that is more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: -17 kPa { 5 inHg }
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Suction side fuel piping clogging inspection
No
⇒Go to 8. Fuel supply pump suction check
8. Fuel supply pump suction check
1) Pinch the hose or remove the fuel pipings and plug so as to prevent as much fuel from flowing through the fuel hose
near the fuel tank as possible.
Note:
・ This generates a vacuum in the fuel system.
2) Start the engine.
3) Turn the idling control knob until it reaches the maximum position.
Note:
・ If it is rotated completely clockwise, the idle speed is increased up to 1,600 rpm.
4) Check the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge. Can a vacuum of the specified value be drawn at least?
Value: -27 kPa { 8 inHg }
Caution:
・ If it is likely that the vacuum will show the specified value or more, release the fuel being held up.
Yes
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-65
⇒Go to 11. FRP regulator circuit inspection
No
⇒Go to 10. Suction side fuel piping leakage inspection
9. Suction side fuel piping clogging inspection
1) Inspect for breakage or twisting in the fuel system between the fuel supply pump and the fuel tank. Is the result normal?
2) Inspect the fuel tank vent hose for clogging. Is the result normal?
3) If possible, inspect for foreign material in the fuel tank or for foreign material that may cause clogging of the fuel. Is the
result normal?
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the fuel filter element.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
10. Suction side fuel piping leakage inspection
1) Inspect that the fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is properly connected, there are no cuts or
cracks in the fuel hoses, and proper clamps are used. Is the result normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 11. FRP regulator circuit inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. FRP regulator circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP regulator harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E17). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pins 1 and 2 of E17) for
high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the fuel supply pump and the fuel filter element.
Note:
・ The fuel supply pump must be timed with the engine, and the ECM requires learning.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump installation".
1A-66 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Caution:
・ If the fuel supply pump is replaced, replace the fuel filter element at the same time.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. FRP sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19) for high
resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-67

DTC P0089 (Flash Code 151)


Fuel Pressure Regulator Performance
1. DTC P0089 DTC Information
1. DTC P0089 description
A typical common rail (fuel rail) system is composed of the following 2 fuel pressure sections. A suction side between the
fuel tank and the fuel supply pump and a high-pressure side between the fuel supply pump and the injectors. The fuel is
drawn from the fuel tank and then pumped into the fuel rail by 2 plungers that are located inside the fuel supply pump. The
fuel rail pressure is regulated through the ECM's control of the FRP regulator based on signals from the FRP sensor. If the
ECM detects that the actual fuel rail pressure is higher than the desired fuel rail pressure, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0089
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P060B, P0651, and P160B are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the actual fuel rail pressure exceeds the desired fuel rail pressure by 40 MPa {5,800 psi} or
more for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0089 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0089
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0089 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
1A-68 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0091, P0092, P0192, P0193, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,
P2146, or P2149 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0091 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0092 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0192 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0193 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158) Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159) Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. FRP sensor signal voltage check
3. FRP sensor signal voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Wait for 1 minute to reduce the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter within the
specified range?
Value: 0.9 to 1.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. FRP regulator circuit inspection
No
⇒Go to 5. FRP sensor circuit inspection
4. FRP regulator circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP regulator harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E17). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pins 1 and 2 of E17) for
high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Fuel rail pressure check
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-69
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 7. Repair verification
5. FRP sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19) for high
resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 7. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 7. Repair verification
6. Fuel rail pressure check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Set the shift lever to the neutral position and apply the parking brake.
3) Start the engine.
4) While observing the Fuel Rail Pressure parameter and Desired Fuel Rail Pressure parameter on the scan tool, depress
the accelerator pedal from idle to full throttle several times. Is the difference between the Fuel Rail Pressure parameter
and the Desired Fuel Rail Pressure parameter within the specified range?
Value: -5 to 5 MPa { -725 to 725 psi }
Yes
An intermittent problem due to foreign object in the fuel can be suspected.
Replace the fuel filter element.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 7. Repair verification
No
Replace the fuel supply pump and the fuel filter element.
Note:
・ The fuel supply pump must be timed with the engine, and the ECM requires learning.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump installation".
1A-70 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Caution:
・ If the fuel supply pump is replaced, replace the fuel filter element at the same time.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 7. Repair verification
7. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-71

DTC P0091 (Flash Code 247)


Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low
1. DTC P0091 DTC Information
1. DTC P0091 description
The FRP regulator is installed on the fuel supply pump and controls the fuel amount sucked into the fuel rail. The FRP
regulator is fully opened in the normal state and larger drive current results in a smaller opening of the FRP regulator. The
ECM calculates the desired fuel rail pressure and fuel flow rate, and compares the calculated fuel rail pressure to the actual
pressure value in order to determine the opening position of the FRP regulator. If the actual fuel rail pressure is higher than
the desired pressure, the FRP regulator closes to decrease the fuel flow rate. If the ECM detects an excessively low feedback
current of the FRP regulator, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0091
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that the feedback current of the FRP regulator is 50 mA or less.
・ The ECM detects that the feedback current of the FRP regulator is less than the desired current by 1,000 mA or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0091 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0091
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0091 diagnostics
Note:
・ If the FRP regulator low-side circuit is shorted to ground, this DTC will not be set. It will cause the engine to
stall or to not start.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
1A-72 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. FRP regulator feedback current check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. FRP regulator feedback current check
1) Observe the FRP Regulator Feedback Current (Fuel Rail Pressure) parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 300 to 900 mA
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to power supply in FRP regulator high-side circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for short to ground in FRP regulator low-side circuit
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 4. FRP regulator high-side voltage check
4. FRP regulator high-side voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the FRP regulator harness connector (E17).
3) Connect a test lamp between the FRP regulator high-side circuit (pin 1 of E17) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. FRP regulator low-side voltage check
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in FRP regulator high-side circuit
5. FRP regulator low-side voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Connect a test lamp between the FRP regulator low-side circuit (pin 2 of E17) and the battery power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. FRP regulator harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in FRP regulator low-side circuit
6. Inspection for short to power supply in FRP regulator high-side circuit
1) Inspect the high-side circuit between the ECM (pins 24 and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pin 1 of E17) for a short
to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-73
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Inspection for short to ground in FRP regulator low-side circuit
1) Inspect the low-side circuit between the ECM (pins 8 and 16 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pin 2 of E17) for a short to
ground. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in FRP regulator high-side circuit
1) Inspect the high-side circuit between the ECM (pins 24 and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pin 1 of E17) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low-side circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in FRP regulator low-side circuit
1) Inspect the low-side circuit between the ECM (pins 8 and 16 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pin 2 of E17) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ High resistance
Note:
・ The ECM may be damaged if the FRP regulator low-side circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
1A-74 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
10. FRP regulator harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP regulator harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E17). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the FRP regulator.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) FRP regulator removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) FRP regulator installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-75

DTC P0092 (Flash Code 247)


Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High
1. DTC P0092 DTC Information
1. DTC P0092 description
The FRP regulator is installed on the fuel supply pump and controls the fuel amount sucked into the fuel rail. The FRP
regulator is fully opened in the normal state and larger drive current results in a smaller opening of the FRP regulator. The
ECM calculates the desired fuel rail pressure and fuel flow rate, and compares the calculated fuel rail pressure to the actual
pressure value in order to determine the opening position of the FRP regulator. If the actual fuel rail pressure is higher than
the desired pressure, the FRP regulator closes to decrease the fuel flow rate. If the ECM detects an excessively high feedback
current of the FRP regulator, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0092
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that the feedback current of the FRP regulator is 2,400 mA or more.
・ The ECM detects that the feedback current of the FRP regulator is more than the desired current by 1,000 mA or
more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0092 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0092
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0092 diagnostics
Note:
・ If the FRP regulator high-side circuit is shorted to the power supply, the engine stalls and will not start.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
1A-76 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. FRP regulator feedback current check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. FRP regulator feedback current check
1) Observe the FRP Regulator Feedback Current (Fuel Rail Pressure) parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 300 to 900 mA
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to power supply in FRP regulator high-side circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for short to ground in FRP regulator low-side circuit
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 4. FRP regulator high-side voltage check
4. FRP regulator high-side voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the FRP regulator harness connector (E17).
3) Connect a test lamp between the FRP regulator high-side circuit (pin 1 of E17) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. FRP regulator low-side voltage check
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in FRP regulator high-side circuit
5. FRP regulator low-side voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Connect a test lamp between the FRP regulator low-side circuit (pin 2 of E17) and the battery power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. FRP regulator harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in FRP regulator low-side circuit
6. Inspection for short to power supply in FRP regulator high-side circuit
1) Inspect the high-side circuit between the ECM (pins 24 and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pin 1 of E17) for a short
to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-77
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Inspection for short to ground in FRP regulator low-side circuit
1) Inspect the low-side circuit between the ECM (pins 8 and 16 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pin 2 of E17) for a short to
ground. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in FRP regulator high-side circuit
1) Inspect the high-side circuit between the ECM (pins 24 and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pin 1 of E17) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low-side circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in FRP regulator low-side circuit
1) Inspect the low-side circuit between the ECM (pins 8 and 16 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pin 2 of E17) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ High resistance
Note:
・ The ECM may be damaged if the FRP regulator low-side circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
1A-78 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
10. FRP regulator harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP regulator harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E17). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the FRP regulator.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) FRP regulator removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) FRP regulator installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-79

DTC P0093 (Flash Code 227)


Fuel System Leak Detected
1. DTC P0093 DTC Information
1. DTC P0093 description
A typical common rail (fuel rail) system is composed of the following 2 fuel pressure sections. A suction side between the
fuel tank and the fuel supply pump and a high-pressure side between the fuel supply pump and the injectors. The fuel is
drawn from the fuel tank and then pumped into the fuel rail by 2 plungers that are located inside the fuel supply pump. The
fuel rail pressure is regulated through the ECM's control of the FRP regulator based on signals from the FRP sensor. If the
ECM detects that the fuel rail pressure is low as compared with the engine speed, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0093
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P060B, P0651, and P160B are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the actual fuel rail pressure is 15 MPa {2,180 psi} or less for 3 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0093 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0093
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0093 diagnostics
Note:
・ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, air may be entered in the fuel system. When there is air in the fuel piping, the
smooth flow of fuel into the fuel supply pump is interrupted and this DTC may be set. Bleed air from the fuel
piping after refilling.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
1A-80 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2. Fuel supply pump functional inspection
1) Perform the Fuel supply pump functional inspection.
Refer to "202.Engine 15C.Functional Inspection(4HL1) Fuel supply pump functional inspection".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 3. High-pressure side fuel piping inspection
3. High-pressure side fuel piping inspection
1) Inspect for a fuel leakage at the high-pressure side components between the fuel supply pump and the injector for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Fuel supply pump
・ Fuel rail
・ Pressure limiter
・ FRP sensor
・ The fuel pipe between the fuel supply pump and the fuel rail
・ The fuel pipe between the fuel rail and the injector.
・ Sleeve nut of the fuel pipe
Note:
・ Check for fuel leakage from the high pressure piping inlet to the bottom of the cylinder head cover. If a fuel
leakage exists, the engine oil level will rise. Inspect the engine oil for fuel contamination.
・ Remove and inspect the high-pressure pipe joints connected to the injectors for fuel leakage from the sleeve
nuts. When foreign material is attached, replace the injector and the high pressure pipe.
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for leakage into the combustion chamber
No
Repair as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
4. Inspection for leakage into the combustion chamber
1) Remove the glow plugs from the cylinder head.
2) Inspect for fuel leakage into the combustion chamber. Is the result normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Prioritized DTC check
No
Replace the injector in which fuel leakage was found and inspect the engine for any damage or poor engine
compression.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
5. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-81
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0087, P0091, P0092, P0192, P0193, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P2146, or P2149 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0087 (Flash Code 225) Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0091 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0092 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0192 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0193 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158) Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159) Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 6. FRP sensor signal voltage check
6. FRP sensor signal voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Wait for 1 minute to reduce the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter within the
specified range?
Value: 0.9 to 1.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Injector inspection
No
⇒Go to 14. FRP sensor circuit inspection
7. Injector inspection
1) Set the shift lever to the neutral position and apply the parking brake.
2) Start the engine.
3) Perform the Injector Cutoff with a scan tool.
4) Command each injector OFF and verify the engine speed changes for each injector. Are there any injectors that do not
change the engine speed when commanded OFF?
Yes
Replace the injectors that do not change.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
1A-82 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 8. Fuel leakage inspection
8. Fuel leakage inspection
1) Inspect that the fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is properly connected, there are no cuts or
cracks in the fuel hoses, and proper clamps are used. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is slightly vacuumed when the engine is
running. Therefore, if the piping is not connected securely, air can get inside. If the engine speed or the
engine load increases while air is in the fuel system, fluctuation in the fuel rail pressure occurs, and this DTC
may be set.
2) Operate the priming pump until the force required for pressing increases.
Note:
・ When a leak exists in the fuel system between the priming pump and fuel supply pump, the pushing weight
of the priming pump does not get heavy.
3) Start the engine.
4) Check the high-pressure side of the fuel system and inspect for a fuel leakage between the fuel supply pump and the
fuel rail. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ Check for fuel leakage from the high pressure piping inlet to the bottom of the cylinder head cover. If a fuel
leakage exists, the engine oil level will rise. Inspect the engine oil for fuel contamination.
5) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Suction side fuel system check
No
Repair the fuel leakage as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
9. Suction side fuel system check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the fuel hose from the fuel filter on the fuel supply pump side.
Note:
・ Use a pan to collect the fuel that has leaked from the disconnected fuel hose.
・ The fuel pressure/vacuum gauge and the connection hose must be cleaned before connecting to the fuel
piping. The fuel supply pump may be damaged due to the foreign material that has intruded into the
connection hose.
3) Connect the gauge adapter located in the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge assembly between the fuel filter and the
disconnected fuel hose.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-83
SST: 5-8840-2844-0 - fuel pressure/vacuum gauge set
4) Check that the fuel piping and the special tool are securely connected.
5) Bleed the air with the priming pump.
6) Crank the engine for a maximum of 5 seconds. Repeat as many times as necessary until the engine starts.
7) Allow the engine to idle for at least 1 minute.
8) Observe the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge while holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm or more for at least 1 minute.
Does the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge indicate a vacuum that is more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: -17 kPa { 5 inHg }
Yes
⇒Go to 11. Suction side fuel piping clogging inspection
No
⇒Go to 10. Fuel supply pump suction check
10. Fuel supply pump suction check
1) Pinch the hose or remove the fuel pipings and plug so as to prevent as much fuel from flowing through the fuel hose
near the fuel tank as possible.
Note:
・ This generates a vacuum in the fuel system.
2) Start the engine.
3) Turn the idling control knob until it reaches the maximum position.
Note:
・ If it is rotated completely clockwise, the idle speed is increased up to 1,600 rpm.
4) Check the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge. Can a vacuum of the specified value be drawn at least?
Value: -27 kPa { 8 inHg }
Caution:
・ If it is likely that the vacuum will show the specified value or more, release the fuel being held up.
Yes
⇒Go to 13. FRP regulator circuit inspection
No
⇒Go to 12. Suction side fuel piping leakage inspection
11. Suction side fuel piping clogging inspection
1) Inspect for breakage or twisting in the fuel system between the fuel supply pump and the fuel tank. Is the result normal?
2) Inspect the fuel tank vent hose for clogging. Is the result normal?
3) If possible, inspect for foreign material in the fuel tank or for foreign material that may cause clogging of the fuel. Is the
result normal?
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the fuel filter element.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
1A-84 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
12. Suction side fuel piping leakage inspection
1) Inspect that the fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is properly connected, there are no cuts or
cracks in the fuel hoses, and proper clamps are used. Is the result normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 13. FRP regulator circuit inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
13. FRP regulator circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP regulator harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E17). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pins 1 and 2 of E17) for
high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the fuel supply pump and the fuel filter element.
Note:
・ The fuel supply pump must be timed with the engine, and the ECM requires learning.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump installation".
Caution:
・ If the fuel supply pump is replaced, replace the fuel filter element at the same time.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
14. FRP sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19) for high
resistance. Is the result normal?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-85
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
15. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-86 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0101 (Flash Code 92)


Mass Air Flow Circuit Range/Performance
1. DTC P0101 DTC Information
1. DTC P0101 description
The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air that enters the engine. It is installed between the air
cleaner and the turbocharger. When the amount of air entering the engine is small, it indicates deceleration or idling speed.
When the amount of air entering the engine is large, it indicates acceleration or a high load state. The ECM calculates a
predicted MAF value and compares the actual MAF sensor voltage signal to the predicted MAF value. This comparison
determines if the signal is stuck, or is too low or too high for a particular operating condition. If the ECM detects that the
actual MAF sensor signal voltage is not within the predetermined range of the calculated MAF predicted value, the DTC is
set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0101
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P0045, P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0234, P0237, P0238, P042E,
P042F, P0560, P060B, P0638, P0651, P1404, P160B, P1655, P2227, P2228, P2229, U0073, and U0110 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0045 (Flash Code 33) Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0102 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0103 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit High Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0112 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0113 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0116 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0122 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0123 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0234 (Flash Code 42) Turbocharger Overboost Condition" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0237 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0238 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P042E (Flash Code 45) EGR Position Fault (Closed Position Error)" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P042E (Flash Code 45) EGR Position Fault (Closed Position Error)" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0638 (Flash Code 61) Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1404 (Flash Code 45) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) 1 Closed Position Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2227 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-87
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC U0073 (Flash Code 84) Control Module Communication Bus Off" in this section.
Refer to "DTC U0110 (Flash Code 87) Lost Communication with VNT System" in this section.
Also, the following are met for 3 seconds or more:
・ The engine speed is 1,500 to 2,600 rpm.
・ Fuel injection is in a non-injection state.
・ The EGR control is commanded OFF.
・ The air intake throttle control is commanded OFF.
・ The engine run time is 5 seconds or more.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the MAF sensor signal voltage is not within the predetermined range for the calculated
predicted MAF value for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0101 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0101
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0101 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Air intake/exhaust system inspection
1) Inspect for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Clogged air cleaner element, collapsing of the air piping between the air cleaner and the intake manifold, or a state
where flow is restricted or damage is present
・ Leakage in the air intake system
・ Dirt or foreign material blocking the inlet of the MAF sensor
・ Misdetection or delayed response of the MAF sensor
・ Water in the air intake system
・ Conditions that restrict exhaust system flow
・ Stuck intake throttle valve
・ Stuck EGR valve
・ Stuck turbocharger control actuator
・ Stuck exhaust brake valve
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Individual harness connector inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
1A-88 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3. Individual harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of J38). Is the connection
status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 22, 23, and 69 of J14). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for high resistance in MAF sensor circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
4. Inspection for high resistance in MAF sensor circuit
1) Inspect the MAF sensor circuit between the ECM (pins 22, 23, and 69 of J14) and the MAF and IAT sensor (pins 1, 2,
and 3 of J38) for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the MAF and IAT sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor installation".
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
5. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-89

DTC P0102 (Flash Code 91)


Mass Air Flow Circuit Low Input
1. DTC P0102 DTC Information
1. DTC P0102 description
The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air that enters the engine. It is installed between the air
cleaner and the turbocharger. When the amount of air entering the engine is small, it indicates deceleration or idling speed.
When the amount of air entering the engine is large, it indicates acceleration or a high load state. The sensor has the following
circuits.
・ 12 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ MAF sensor signal circuit
The ECM monitors the MAF sensor signal voltage. The scan tool displays this output voltage in voltage and grams per
cylinder (g/cyl). If the ECM detects an excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0102
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ The engine speed is 1,500 rpm or less.
・ DTCs P0560 and P060B are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the MAF sensor signal voltage is 0.1 V or less for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0102 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
・ The ECM assumes a default MAF value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0102
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0102 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
1A-90 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0560 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0560 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. MAF sensor signal voltage check
3. MAF sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow) parameter on the scan tool. Is the MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow) parameter
less than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. MAF sensor 12 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. MAF sensor 12 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (J38).
3) Connect a test lamp between the MAF sensor 12 V reference circuit (pin 1 of J38) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. MAF sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in MAF sensor 12 V reference circuit
5. MAF sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the MAF sensor 12 V reference circuit and the signal circuit (pins 1 and 3 of J38).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow) parameter on the scan tool. Is the MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow) parameter
more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.9 V
Yes
⇒Go to 8. MAF and IAT sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in MAF sensor signal circuit
6. Inspection for open circuit in MAF sensor 12 V reference circuit
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-91
1) Inspect the MAF sensor 12 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 23 of J14) and the MAF and IAT sensor (pin 1 of
J38) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in MAF sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the MAF sensor signal circuit between the ECM (pin 69 of J14) and the MAF and IAT sensor (pin 3 of J38) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. MAF and IAT sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 3 of J38). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the MAF and IAT sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 23 and 69 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
1A-92 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
10. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-93

DTC P0103 (Flash Code 91)


Mass Air Flow Circuit High Input
1. DTC P0103 DTC Information
1. DTC P0103 description
The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air that enters the engine. It is installed between the air
cleaner and the turbocharger. When the amount of air entering the engine is small, it indicates deceleration or idling speed.
When the amount of air entering the engine is large, it indicates acceleration or a high load state. The sensor has the following
circuits.
・ 12 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ MAF sensor signal circuit
The ECM monitors the MAF sensor signal voltage. The scan tool displays this output voltage in voltage and grams per
cylinder (g/cyl). If the ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0103
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P0560 and P060B are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the MAF sensor signal voltage is 4.9 V or more for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0103 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
・ The ECM assumes a default MAF value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0103
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0103 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. MAF sensor signal voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
1A-94 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow) parameter on the scan tool. Is the MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow) parameter
more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.9 V
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC and MAF sensor signal voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Prioritized DTC and MAF sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool for DTC P0560 being set at the same time.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3) Disconnect the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (J38).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow) parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in MAF sensor signal circuit
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0560 is set.
Go to DTC P0560 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0560 is not set.
⇒Go to 4. MAF sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
4. MAF sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the MAF sensor low reference circuit (pin 2 of J38) and the battery power supply. Does
the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. MAF and IAT sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in MAF sensor low reference circuit
5. Inspection for short to power supply in MAF sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the MAF sensor signal circuit between the ECM (pin 69 of J14) and the MAF and IAT sensor (pin 3 of J38) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 12 V reference circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ The MAF sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-95
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit in MAF sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the MAF sensor low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 22 of J14) and the MAF and IAT sensor (pin 2 of
J38) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
7. MAF and IAT sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (pin 2 of J38). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the MAF and IAT sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
8. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 22 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
1A-96 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-97

DTC P0112 (Flash Code 22)


Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low
1. DTC P0112 DTC Information
1. DTC P0112 description
The IAT sensor is installed between the air cleaner and the turbocharger. The IAT sensor is a variable resistor and measures
the temperature of the air flowing into the engine. This sensor has a signal circuit and a low reference circuit. The ECM
supplies 5 V to the signal circuit, and connects the ground to the low reference circuit. The sensor resistance is high when the
intake air temperature is low, and the sensor resistance decreases as the intake air temperature increases. The ECM detects a
high voltage when the sensor resistance is high, and a low voltage when the sensor resistance is low. If the ECM detects an
excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0112
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal voltage is 0.1 V or less for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0112 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default IAT value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0112
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0112 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0651 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
1A-98 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. IAT sensor signal voltage check
3. IAT sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Intake Air Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Intake Air Temperature Sensor parameter
less than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. IAT sensor signal output voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. IAT sensor signal output voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (J38).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Intake Air Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Intake Air Temperature Sensor parameter
more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the MAF and IAT sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to ground in IAT sensor signal circuit
5. Inspection for short to ground in IAT sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 72 of J14) and the IAT sensor (pin 4 of J38) for the following. Is the
result normal?
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 60 and 72 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-99
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-100 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0113 (Flash Code 22)


Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High
1. DTC P0113 DTC Information
1. DTC P0113 description
The IAT sensor is installed between the air cleaner and the turbocharger. The IAT sensor is a variable resistor and measures
the temperature of the air flowing into the engine. This sensor has a signal circuit and a low reference circuit. The ECM
supplies 5 V to the signal circuit, and connects the ground to the low reference circuit. The sensor resistance is high when the
intake air temperature is low, and the sensor resistance decreases as the intake air temperature increases. The ECM detects a
high voltage when the sensor resistance is high, and a low voltage when the sensor resistance is low. If the ECM detects an
excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0113
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine runtime is 3 minutes or more.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal voltage is 4.85 V or more for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0113 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default IAT value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0113
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0113 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0651 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-101
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. IAT sensor signal voltage check
3. IAT sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Intake Air Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Intake Air Temperature Sensor parameter
more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.8 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. IAT sensor signal output voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. IAT sensor signal output voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (J38).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the IAT sensor signal circuit (pin 4 of J38) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to power supply in IAT sensor signal circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
⇒Go to 5. IAT sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit in IAT sensor signal circuit
5. IAT sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the IAT sensor signal circuit and the low reference circuit (pins 4 and 5 of J38).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the Intake Air Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Intake Air Temperature Sensor parameter
less than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in IAT sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in IAT sensor low reference circuit
6. Inspection for short to power supply in IAT sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 72 of J14) and the IAT sensor (pin 4 of J38) for a short to the battery
power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
1A-102 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ The IAT sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit in IAT sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 72 of J14) and the IAT sensor (pin 4 of J38) for an open circuit or high
resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for open circuit in IAT sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 60 of J14) and the IAT sensor (pin 5 of J38) for an open circuit
or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The IAT sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low reference circuit
may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in IAT sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 72 of J14) and the IAT sensor (pin 4 of J38) for a short to the 5 V
reference circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. IAT sensor harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
10. IAT sensor harness connector inspection
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-103
1) Inspect for poor connections at the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (pins 4 and 5 of J38). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the MAF and IAT sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 60 and 72 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-104 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0116 (Flash Code 23)


Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
1. DTC P0116 DTC Information
1. DTC P0116 description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is installed near the thermostat housing. The engine coolant temperature sensor is a
variable resistor and measures the temperature of the engine coolant. If the ECM detects that the difference of the engine
coolant temperature is less than the calculated range under the predetermined conditions, the DTC is set. This DTC only runs
once per ignition cycle within the effective conditions.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0116
Condition for running the DTC
・The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・The ignition switch is ON.
・The vehicle runtime is more than 5 minutes with a vehicle speed of 4 km/h {3 mph} or more.
・The engine speed is 1,400 rpm or more and the engine runtime is more than 5 minutes.
・The accumulated fuel injection quantity since engine start-up is more than the threshold.
・DTCs P0117, P0118, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0500, P0502, P0503, P060B, P1261, P1262, and P1655 are not
set.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0500 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0502 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0503 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit High Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1261 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1262 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the difference between the maximum and minimum engine coolant temperatures is less than
the range of 1 to 15°C {1.8 to 27°F}.
3. Action taken when DTC P0116 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
・ The ECM inhibits the VGS control.
・ The ECM assumes a default engine coolant temperature value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0116
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-105
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0116 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Engine coolant inspection
1) Inspect the engine coolant for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Insufficient engine coolant
・ Engine coolant leakage
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Individual harness connector inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
3. Individual harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E184). Is the
connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 3 and 28 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for high resistance in engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
4. Inspection for high resistance in engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
1) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 3 and 28 of E12) and the engine coolant temperature sensor (pins 1 and 2 of
E184) for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor installation".
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
5. Repair verification
1A-106 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-107

DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23)


Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low
1. DTC P0117 DTC Information
1. DTC P0117 description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is installed near the thermostat housing. The engine coolant temperature sensor is a
variable resistor and measures the temperature of the engine coolant. This sensor has a signal circuit and a low reference
circuit. The ECM supplies 5 V to the signal circuit, and connects the ground to the low reference circuit. The sensor
resistance is high when the engine coolant temperature is low, and the sensor resistance decreases as the engine coolant
temperature increases. The ECM detects a high voltage when the sensor resistance is high, and a low voltage when the sensor
resistance is low. If the ECM detects an excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0117
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P1655 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the engine coolant temperature sensor signal voltage is 0.1 V or less for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0117 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default engine coolant temperature value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0117
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0117 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P1655 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P1655 diagnosis.
1A-108 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal voltage check
3. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
parameter less than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal output voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal output voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector (E184).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to ground in engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit
5. Inspection for short to ground in engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 3 of E12) and the engine coolant temperature sensor (pin 1 of E184) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 3 and 28 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-109
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-110 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23)


Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High
1. DTC P0118 DTC Information
1. DTC P0118 description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is installed near the thermostat housing. The engine coolant temperature sensor is a
variable resistor and measures the temperature of the engine coolant. This sensor has a signal circuit and a low reference
circuit. The ECM supplies 5 V to the signal circuit, and connects the ground to the low reference circuit. The sensor
resistance is high when the engine coolant temperature is low, and the sensor resistance decreases as the engine coolant
temperature increases. The ECM detects a high voltage when the sensor resistance is high, and a low voltage when the sensor
resistance is low. If the ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0118
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine run time is 5 seconds or more.
・ DTCs P060B and P1655 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the engine coolant temperature sensor signal voltage is 4.85 V or more for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0118 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default engine coolant temperature value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0118
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0118 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P1655 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P1655 diagnosis.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-111
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal voltage check
3. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.8 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal output voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal output voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector (E184).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit (pin 1 of E184) and the frame ground
with a DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to power supply in engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
⇒Go to 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit in engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit
5. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit and the low reference circuit
(pins 1 and 2 of E184).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
parameter less than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in engine coolant temperature sensor low reference circuit
6. Inspection for short to power supply in engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 3 of E12) and the engine coolant temperature sensor (pin 1 of E184) for
a short to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
1A-112 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ The engine coolant temperature sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power
supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit in engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 3 of E12) and the engine coolant temperature sensor (pin 1 of E184) for
an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for open circuit in engine coolant temperature sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 28 of E12) and the engine coolant temperature sensor (pin 2 of
E184) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The engine coolant temperature sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in
the low reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 3 of E12) and the engine coolant temperature sensor (pin 1 of E184) for
a short to the 5 V reference circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector inspection
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-113
1) Inspect for poor connections at the engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E184). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 3 and 28 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-114 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0122 (Flash Code 43)


Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low
1. DTC P0122 DTC Information
1. DTC P0122 description
The intake throttle position sensor is installed to the intake throttle valve body together with the motor. The intake throttle
position sensor changes the signal voltage in accordance with the intake throttle valve opening position. The sensor has the
following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Intake throttle position sensor signal circuit
The intake throttle position sensor sends signals related to intake throttle valve position changes to the ECM via the signal
circuit. If the ECM detects an excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0122
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the intake throttle position sensor signal voltage is 0.1 V or less for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0122 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0122
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0122 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P1655 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P1655 diagnosis.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-115
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Intake throttle position sensor signal voltage check
3. Intake throttle position sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Intake Throttle Position Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Intake Throttle Position Sensor parameter
less than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Intake throttle position sensor 5 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Intake throttle position sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the intake throttle valve harness connector (E16).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the intake throttle position sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 6 of E16) and the frame
ground with a DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Intake throttle position sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in intake throttle position sensor 5 V reference circuit
5. Intake throttle position sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the intake throttle position sensor 5 V reference circuit and the signal circuit (pins
5 and 6 of E16).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the Intake Throttle Position Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Intake Throttle Position Sensor parameter
more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Intake throttle valve harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in intake throttle position sensor signal circuit
6. Inspection for open circuit in intake throttle position sensor 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 14 of E12) and the intake throttle valve (pin 6 of
E16) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
1A-116 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Caution:
・ The intake throttle position sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the 5
V reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in intake throttle position sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor signal circuit between the ECM (pin 4 of E12) and the intake throttle valve (pin 5 of E16) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. Intake throttle valve harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the intake throttle valve harness connector (pins 5 and 6 of E16). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the intake throttle valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 4 and 14 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-117
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
10. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-118 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0123 (Flash Code 43)


Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High
1. DTC P0123 DTC Information
1. DTC P0123 description
The intake throttle position sensor is installed to the intake throttle valve body together with the motor. The intake throttle
position sensor changes the signal voltage in accordance with the intake throttle valve opening position. The sensor has the
following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Intake throttle position sensor signal circuit
The intake throttle position sensor sends signals related to intake throttle valve position changes to the ECM via the signal
circuit. If the ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0123
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the intake throttle position sensor signal voltage is 4.9 V or more for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0123 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0123
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0123 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Intake throttle position sensor signal voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the Intake Throttle Position Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Intake Throttle Position Sensor parameter
more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.9 V
Yes
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-119
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC and intake throttle position sensor signal voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Prioritized DTC and intake throttle position sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool for DTC P1655 being set at the same time.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3) Disconnect the intake throttle valve harness connector (E16).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the Intake Throttle Position Sensor parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in intake throttle position sensor signal circuit
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P1655 is set.
Go to DTC P1655 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P1655 is not set.
⇒Go to 4. Intake throttle position sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
4. Intake throttle position sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the low reference circuit (pin 3 of E16) of the intake throttle position sensor and the
battery power supply. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Intake throttle valve harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in intake throttle position sensor low reference circuit
5. Inspection for short to power supply in intake throttle position sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor signal circuit between the ECM (pin 4 of E12) and the intake throttle valve (pin 5 of E16) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ The intake throttle position sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power
supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
1A-120 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit in intake throttle position sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 28 of E12) and the intake throttle valve (pin 3 of
E16) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The intake throttle position sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the
low reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
7. Intake throttle valve harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the intake throttle valve harness connector (pin 3 of E16). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the intake throttle valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
8. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 28 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-121
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-122 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0182 (Flash Code 211)


Fuel Temperature Sensor Circuit Low
1. DTC P0182 DTC Information
1. DTC P0182 description
The fuel temperature sensor is installed to the fuel supply pump. The fuel temperature sensor is a variable resistor that
measures the temperature of the fuel entering the fuel supply pump. This sensor has a signal circuit and a low reference
circuit. The ECM supplies 5 V to the signal circuit, and connects the ground to the low reference circuit. The sensor
resistance is high when the fuel temperature is low, and the sensor resistance decreases as the fuel temperature increases. The
ECM detects a high voltage when the sensor resistance is high, and a low voltage when the sensor resistance is low. If the
ECM detects an excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0182
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P1655 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the fuel temperature sensor signal voltage is 0.1 V or less for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0182 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM assumes a default fuel temperature value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0182
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0182 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P1655 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P1655 diagnosis.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-123
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Fuel temperature sensor signal voltage check
3. Fuel temperature sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter less than or
equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Fuel temperature sensor signal output voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Fuel temperature sensor signal output voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor harness connector (E22).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter more than
or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the fuel temperature sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Fuel temperature sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Fuel temperature sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to ground in fuel temperature sensor signal circuit
5. Inspection for short to ground in fuel temperature sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 2 of E12) and the fuel temperature sensor (pin 2 of E22) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 2 and 28 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
1A-124 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-125

DTC P0183 (Flash Code 211)


Fuel Temperature Sensor Circuit High
1. DTC P0183 DTC Information
1. DTC P0183 description
The fuel temperature sensor is installed to the fuel supply pump. The fuel temperature sensor is a variable resistor that
measures the temperature of the fuel entering the fuel supply pump. This sensor has a signal circuit and a low reference
circuit. The ECM supplies 5 V to the signal circuit, and connects the ground to the low reference circuit. The sensor
resistance is high when the fuel temperature is low, and the sensor resistance decreases as the fuel temperature increases. The
ECM detects a high voltage when the sensor resistance is high, and a low voltage when the sensor resistance is low. If the
ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0183
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine runtime is 3 minutes or more.
・ DTCs P060B and P1655 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the fuel temperature sensor signal voltage is 4.85 V or more for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0183 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM assumes a default fuel temperature value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0183
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0183 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P1655 set at the same time?
Yes
1A-126 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Go to DTC P1655 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Fuel temperature sensor signal voltage check
3. Fuel temperature sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter more than
or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.8 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Fuel temperature sensor signal output voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Fuel temperature sensor signal output voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor harness connector (E22).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the fuel temperature sensor signal circuit (pin 2 of E22) and the frame ground with a
DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to power supply in fuel temperature sensor signal circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
⇒Go to 5. Fuel temperature sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit in fuel temperature sensor signal circuit
5. Fuel temperature sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the fuel temperature sensor signal circuit and the low reference circuit (pins 1 and
2 of E22).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Temperature Sensor parameter less than or
equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in fuel temperature sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in fuel temperature sensor low reference circuit
6. Inspection for short to power supply in fuel temperature sensor signal circuit
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-127
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 2 of E12) and the fuel temperature sensor (pin 2 of E22) for a short to
the battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The fuel temperature sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit in fuel temperature sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 2 of E12) and the fuel temperature sensor (pin 2 of E22) for an open
circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for open circuit in fuel temperature sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 28 of E12) and the fuel temperature sensor (pin 1 of E22) for an
open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The fuel temperature sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low
reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in fuel temperature sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 2 of E12) and the fuel temperature sensor (pin 2 of E22) for a short to
the 5 V reference circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Fuel temperature sensor harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
1A-128 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
10. Fuel temperature sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the fuel temperature sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E22). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the fuel temperature sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Fuel temperature sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Fuel temperature sensor installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 2 and 28 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-129

DTC P0192 (Flash Code 245)


Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low
1. DTC P0192 DTC Information
1. DTC P0192 description
The FRP sensor is installed to the common rail (fuel rail), and it detects the fuel pressure in the common rail (fuel rail) and
converts the pressure to a voltage signal. The sensor has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ FRP sensor signal circuit
The ECM monitors the FRP sensor signal voltage. The signal voltage increases as the fuel rail pressure rises, while it
decreases as the pressure declines. The ECM calculates the actual fuel rail pressure from the voltage signal and uses the result
in the fuel injection control and other control tasks. If the ECM detects an excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0192
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the FRP sensor signal voltage is 0.7 V or less.
3. Action taken when DTC P0192 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM assumes a default fuel rail pressure value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0192
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0192 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
1A-130 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0651 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. FRP sensor signal voltage check
3. FRP sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter less than
or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.7 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. FRP sensor signal output voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. FRP sensor signal output voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the FRP sensor harness connector (E19).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter more than
or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. FRP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to ground in FRP sensor signal circuit
5. FRP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Measure the voltage between the FRP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E19) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is
the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 8. FRP sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit in FRP sensor 5 V reference circuit
6. Inspection for short to ground in FRP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pins 1 and 9 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pin 2 of E19) for the following. Is
the result normal?
・ Short to ground
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-131
・ Short to the low reference circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit in FRP sensor 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect the 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 6 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pin 3 of E19) for an open circuit
or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The FRP sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the 5 V reference
circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. FRP sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP sensor harness connector (pin 3 of E19). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 6 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
10. ECM replacement
1A-132 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-133

DTC P0193 (Flash Code 245)


Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit High
1. DTC P0193 DTC Information
1. DTC P0193 description
The FRP sensor is installed to the common rail (fuel rail), and it detects the fuel pressure in the common rail (fuel rail) and
converts the pressure to a voltage signal. The sensor has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ FRP sensor signal circuit
The ECM monitors the FRP sensor signal voltage. The signal voltage increases as the fuel rail pressure rises, while it
decreases as the pressure declines. The ECM calculates the actual fuel rail pressure from the voltage signal and uses the result
in the fuel injection control and other control tasks. If the ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0193
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the FRP sensor signal voltage is 4.75 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0193 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM assumes a default fuel rail pressure value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0193
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0193 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
1A-134 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0651 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. FRP sensor signal voltage check
3. FRP sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter more than
or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. FRP sensor signal output voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. FRP sensor signal output voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the FRP sensor harness connector (E19).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the FRP sensor signal circuit (pin 2 of E19) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for short to power supply in FRP sensor signal circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
⇒Go to 5. FRP sensor signal output voltage check using test lamp
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in FRP sensor signal circuit
5. FRP sensor signal output voltage check using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the FRP sensor signal circuit (pin 2 of E19) and the frame ground.
2) Measure the voltage between the FRP sensor signal circuit (pin 2 of E19) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the
voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in FRP sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 6. FRP sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
6. FRP sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-135
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the FRP sensor signal circuit and the low reference circuit (pins 1 and 2 of E19).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter less than
or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 11. FRP sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit in FRP sensor low reference circuit
7. Inspection for short to power supply in FRP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pins 1 and 9 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pin 2 of E19) for a short to the
battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The FRP sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 14. Repair verification
8. Inspection for open circuit in FRP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pins 1 and 9 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pin 2 of E19) for an open circuit
or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 14. Repair verification
9. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in FRP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pins 1 and 9 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pin 2 of E19) for a short to the 5
V reference circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 14. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit in FRP sensor low reference circuit
1A-136 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 20 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pin 1 of E19) for an open
circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The FRP sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low reference
circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 14. Repair verification
11. FRP sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E19). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 14. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 14. Repair verification
12. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 1, 9, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 14. Repair verification
13. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 14. Repair verification
14. Repair verification
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-137
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-138 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271)


Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1
1. DTC P0201 DTC Information
1. DTC P0201 description
The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection ON time based on the data sent from various sensors. The ECM supplies high
voltage to the injector charge voltage circuit, grounds the injector solenoid control circuit, and drives the cylinder injectors. If
the ECM detects an abnormal condition in the cylinder No. 1 injector circuit, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0201
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P1261 and P2146 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P1261 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158) Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that there is an open circuit in the injector solenoid circuit.
・ The ECM detects that there is a short to the voltage circuit or a short to the charge voltage circuit in the injector
solenoid control circuit.
3. Action taken when DTC P0201 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0201
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0201 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Common power supply 1 injector charge voltage check
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-139
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Common power supply 1 injector charge voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the injector harness intermediate connector (H69) from the cylinder head lower cover.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit (pin 1 female side of H69) and
the frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage less than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control voltage check
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for short to charge voltage in cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit
4. Cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control voltage check
1) Measure the voltage between the cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 5 female side of H69) and the
frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage equal to the battery voltage?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit in cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit
5. Inspection for short to power supply in cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 38 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 5 female side of H69) for a short to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the
ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
6. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pins 1 and 5 of H69). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Cylinder No. 1 injector harness connector inspection
No
1A-140 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Cylinder No. 1 injector harness connector inspection
1) Remove the cylinder head cover.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Cylinder head cover removal".
2) Inspect the injector harness terminal (E138) nut. Is it correctly tightened?
3) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pins 1 and 5 of H150). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in cylinder No. 1 injector circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for short to charge voltage in cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 38 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 5 female side of H69) for a short to the injector charge voltage circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit in cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 38 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 5 female side of H69) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in cylinder No. 1 injector circuit
1) Inspect the circuit between the cylinder No. 1 injector (pins 1 and 2 of E138) and the ECM (pins 38 and 40 of E12) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short together
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-141
Yes
Replace the cylinder No. 1 injector.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 38 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-142 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272)


Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2
1. DTC P0202 DTC Information
1. DTC P0202 description
The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection ON time based on the data sent from various sensors. The ECM supplies high
voltage to the injector charge voltage circuit, grounds the injector solenoid control circuit, and drives the cylinder injectors. If
the ECM detects an abnormal condition in the cylinder No. 2 injector circuit, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0202
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P1262 and P2149 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P1262 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159) Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that there is an open circuit in the injector solenoid circuit.
・ The ECM detects that there is a short to the voltage circuit or a short to the charge voltage circuit in the injector
solenoid control circuit.
3. Action taken when DTC P0202 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0202
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0202 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Common power supply 2 injector charge voltage check
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-143
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Common power supply 2 injector charge voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the injector harness intermediate connector (H69) from the cylinder head lower cover.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit (pin 2 female side of H69) and
the frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage less than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control voltage check
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for short to charge voltage in cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit
4. Cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control voltage check
1) Measure the voltage between the cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 6 female side of H69) and the
frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage equal to the battery voltage?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit in cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit
5. Inspection for short to power supply in cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 37 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 6 female side of H69) for a short to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the
ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
6. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pins 2 and 6 of H69). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Cylinder No. 2 injector harness connector inspection
No
1A-144 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Cylinder No. 2 injector harness connector inspection
1) Remove the cylinder head cover.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Cylinder head cover removal".
2) Inspect the injector harness terminal (E139) nut. Is it correctly tightened?
3) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pins 2 and 6 of H150). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in cylinder No. 2 injector circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for short to charge voltage in cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 37 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 6 female side of H69) for a short to the injector charge voltage circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit in cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 37 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 6 female side of H69) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in cylinder No. 2 injector circuit
1) Inspect the circuit between the cylinder No. 2 injector (pins 1 and 2 of E139) and the ECM (pins 35 and 37 of E12) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short together
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-145
Yes
Replace the cylinder No. 2 injector.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 37 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-146 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273)


Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3
1. DTC P0203 DTC Information
1. DTC P0203 description
The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection ON time based on the data sent from various sensors. The ECM supplies high
voltage to the injector charge voltage circuit, grounds the injector solenoid control circuit, and drives the cylinder injectors. If
the ECM detects an abnormal condition in the cylinder No. 3 injector circuit, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0203
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P1262 and P2149 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P1262 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159) Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that there is an open circuit in the injector solenoid circuit.
・ The ECM detects that there is a short to the voltage circuit or a short to the charge voltage circuit in the injector
solenoid control circuit.
3. Action taken when DTC P0203 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0203
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0203 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Common power supply 2 injector charge voltage check
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-147
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Common power supply 2 injector charge voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the injector harness intermediate connector (H69) from the cylinder head lower cover.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit (pin 2 female side of H69) and
the frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage less than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control voltage check
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for short to charge voltage in cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit
4. Cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control voltage check
1) Measure the voltage between the cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 7 female side of H69) and the
frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage equal to the battery voltage?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit in cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit
5. Inspection for short to power supply in cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 39 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 7 female side of H69) for a short to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the
ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
6. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pins 2 and 7 of H69). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Cylinder No. 3 injector harness connector inspection
No
1A-148 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Cylinder No. 3 injector harness connector inspection
1) Remove the cylinder head cover.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Cylinder head cover removal".
2) Inspect the injector harness terminal (E140) nut. Is it correctly tightened?
3) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pins 3 and 6 of H150). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in cylinder No. 3 injector circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for short to charge voltage in cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 39 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 7 female side of H69) for a short to the injector charge voltage circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit in cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 39 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 7 female side of H69) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in cylinder No. 3 injector circuit
1) Inspect the circuit between the cylinder No. 3 injector (pins 1 and 2 of E140) and the ECM (pins 35 and 39 of E12) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short together
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-149
Yes
Replace the cylinder No. 3 injector.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 39 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-150 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274)


Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4
1. DTC P0204 DTC Information
1. DTC P0204 description
The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection ON time based on the data sent from various sensors. The ECM supplies high
voltage to the injector charge voltage circuit, grounds the injector solenoid control circuit, and drives the cylinder injectors. If
the ECM detects an abnormal condition in the cylinder No. 4 injector circuit, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0204
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P1261 and P2146 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P1261 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158) Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that there is an open circuit in the injector solenoid circuit.
・ The ECM detects that there is a short to the voltage circuit or a short to the charge voltage circuit in the injector
solenoid control circuit.
3. Action taken when DTC P0204 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0204
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0204 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Common power supply 1 injector charge voltage check
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-151
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Common power supply 1 injector charge voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the injector harness intermediate connector (H69) from the cylinder head lower cover.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit (pin 1 female side of H69) and
the frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage less than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control voltage check
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for short to charge voltage in cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit
4. Cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control voltage check
1) Measure the voltage between the cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 8 female side of H69) and the
frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage equal to the battery voltage?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit in cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit
5. Inspection for short to power supply in cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 36 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 8 female side of H69) for a short to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the
ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
6. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pins 1 and 8 of H69). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Cylinder No. 4 injector harness connector inspection
No
1A-152 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
7. Cylinder No. 4 injector harness connector inspection
1) Remove the cylinder head cover.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Cylinder head cover removal".
2) Inspect the injector harness terminal (E141) nut. Is it correctly tightened?
3) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pins 4 and 5 of H150). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in cylinder No. 4 injector circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
8. Inspection for short to charge voltage in cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 36 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 8 female side of H69) for a short to the injector charge voltage circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit in cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit between the ECM (pin 36 of E12) and the injector harness
intermediate connector (pin 8 female side of H69) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in cylinder No. 4 injector circuit
1) Inspect the circuit between the cylinder No. 4 injector (pins 1 and 2 of E141) and the ECM (pins 36 and 40 of E12) for
the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short together
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-153
Yes
Replace the cylinder No. 4 injector.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 36 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-154 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0217 (Flash Code 542)


Engine Coolant Over Temperature Condition
1. DTC P0217 DTC Information
1. DTC P0217 description
The engine coolant temperature sensor is installed near the thermostat housing. The engine coolant temperature sensor is a
variable resistor and measures the temperature of the engine coolant. If the ECM detects an excessively high temperature in
the engine coolant, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0217
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P0117, P0118, P060B, and P1655 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the engine coolant temperature is 110°C {230°F} or more for 5 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0217 sets
・ The ECM does not illuminate the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type D.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0217
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the DTC - Type D.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0217 diagnostics
Note:
・ After starting the engine, the engine coolant temperature rises to 80 to 85°C {176 to 185°F}, and then
stabilizes when the thermostat opens.
・ This DTC is set when the engine is overheated due to an insufficient amount of engine coolant, etc. Make
sure there is no sign of engine damage after clearing the DTC. Excessive engine overheating may damage
internal engine components.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-155
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0117 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0117 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Engine cooling system inspection
3. Engine cooling system inspection
1) Inspect the engine cooling system for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Insufficient engine coolant
・ Engine coolant leakage
Refer to "1.Engine 1D.Cooling(4HL1) Coolant inspection".
・ Cooling fan belt slip
Refer to "1.Engine 1D.Cooling(4HL1) Cooling fan belt inspection".
・ Cooling fan clutch malfunction
Refer to "1.Engine 1D.Cooling(4HL1) Cooling fan clutch inspection".
・ Thermostat malfunction
Refer to "1.Engine 1D.Cooling(4HL1) Thermostat inspection".
・ Water pump malfunction
Refer to "1.Engine 1D.Cooling(4HL1) Water pump inspection".
・ Radiator clogging
Refer to "1.Engine 1D.Cooling(4HL1) Radiator inspection".
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Engine coolant temperature check
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
4. Engine coolant temperature check
1) While observing the Engine Coolant Temperature parameter on the scan tool, start the engine and wait until it is
completely warmed up. Is the Engine Coolant Temperature parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 110 ℃ { 230 °F }
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor inspection
No
Ask the driver if the overheat occurred due to low engine coolant level, etc. If an engine overheat has occurred in
the past, make sure to inspect the engine, and repair as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
5. Engine coolant temperature sensor inspection
1) Test the engine coolant temperature sensor at various temperatures, and evaluate the possibility of sensor malfunction.
Sensor malfunction may reduce drivability.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor inspection".
1A-156 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2) Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor as necessary.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Engine coolant temperature sensor installation".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
6. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) While observing the Engine Coolant Temperature parameter on the scan tool, start the engine and wait until it is
completely warmed up. Is the Engine Coolant Temperature parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 110 ℃ { 230 °F }
Yes
⇒Go to 2. Prioritized DTC check
No
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-157

DTC P0219 (Flash Code 543)


Engine Overspeed Condition
1. DTC P0219 DTC Information
1. DTC P0219 description
The CKP sensor is installed on the top of the flywheel housing. The ECM calculates the engine speed and the accurate
crankshaft position based on the signal pulse from the CKP sensor. If the ECM detects that the engine is in an overrun state,
the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0219
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the engine speed is 3,640 rpm or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0219 sets
・ The ECM does not illuminate the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type D.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0219
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the DTC - Type D.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0219 diagnostics
Note:
・ If there is electromagnetic interference in the CKP sensor, this DTC may set.
・ This DTC is set by an engine overrun condition due to driver error, such as a downshifting of a manual
transmission on a steep downhill slope. Engine overrun may damage internal engine components.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0335 or P0336 set at the same time?
Yes
First diagnose any applicable DTCs.
Refer to "DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0336 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
⇒Go to 3. Engine speed verification
No
⇒Go to 3. Engine speed verification
1A-158 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3. Engine speed verification
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Start the engine.
3) While raising the engine speed as necessary, observe the Engine Speed parameter on the scan tool. Is the Engine Speed
parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 3,700 rpm
Yes
⇒Go to 4. CKP sensor and sensor rotor inspection
No
Ask the driver if the overrun was caused by gear slip-out, shift error, down-slope driving, etc. If an engine overrun
has occurred in the past, be sure to inspect the engine, and repair as necessary.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
4. CKP sensor and sensor rotor inspection
1) Inspect the CKP sensor and sensor rotor for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Damaged sensor
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor
・ Excessive clearance
・ Foreign material passing between the sensor and sensor rotor
・ Damage to the sensor rotor
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor rotor
Yes
Replace the CKP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CKP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CKP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
5. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) While observing the Engine Speed parameter on the scan tool, repeatedly depress the accelerator pedal from idle to full
throttle. Is the Engine Speed parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 3,700 rpm
Yes
⇒Go to 4. CKP sensor and sensor rotor inspection
No
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-159

DTC P0234 (Flash Code 42)


Turbocharger Overboost Condition
1. DTC P0234 DTC Information
1. DTC P0234 description
The boost pressure sensor is installed to the intake duct. The boost pressure sensor changes the signal voltage in accordance
with changes in air pressure in the air intake pipe. The ECM monitors the boost pressure sensor signal. If the ECM detects
that the sensor signal is excessively high, the DTC is set. This indicates that the boost pressure is excessively high.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0234
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B, P160B, P1655 and U0073 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC U0073 (Flash Code 84) Control Module Communication Bus Off" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the boost pressure is abnormally high for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0234 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0234
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0234 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0237, P0238, P0638, P2228, or P2229 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0237 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
1A-160 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "DTC P0238 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0638 (Flash Code 61) Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Pressure difference check between the boost pressure and the barometric pressure
3. Pressure difference check between the boost pressure and the barometric pressure
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Observe the Boost Pressure parameter and Barometric Pressure parameter on the scan tool. Is the difference between
the Boost Pressure parameter and the Barometric Pressure parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 10 kPa { 1.5 psi }
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Barometric pressure check
No
⇒Go to 5. Mechanical parts inspection
4. Barometric pressure check
1) Refer to the table and compare the Barometric Pressure parameter on the scan tool with the surrounding barometric
pressure. Is the Barometric Pressure parameter within the specified range?
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor inspection".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Boost pressure sensor circuit inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Barometric pressure sensor circuit inspection
5. Mechanical parts inspection
1) Inspect possible causes of the high boost pressure for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Stuck wastegate valve
・ Stuck intake throttle valve
・ Oil in the air intake pipe may cause a boost pressure sensor signal error. If there is oil inside the piping, intercooler, or
turbocharger, it is necessary to wipe it off.
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. Boost pressure sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the boost pressure sensor harness connector (pin 2 of E24). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 28 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
3) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 28 of E12) and the boost pressure sensor (pin 2 of E24) for high
resistance. Is the result normal?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-161
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the boost pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. Barometric pressure sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the barometric pressure sensor harness connector (pins 2 and 3 of B121). Is the
connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 61 and 71 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 61 and 71 of J14) and the barometric pressure sensor (pins 2 and 3 of B121)
for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the barometric pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-162 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0237 (Flash Code 32)


Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Low
1. DTC P0237 DTC Information
1. DTC P0237 description
The boost pressure sensor is installed to the air duct. The boost pressure sensor changes the signal voltage in accordance with
changes in air pressure in the air intake pipe. The sensor has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Boost pressure sensor signal circuit
The boost pressure sensor transmits signals related to air pressure changes within the air intake pipe to the ECM via the signal
circuit. The ECM detects a low signal voltage in low boost pressure, such as when the engine is under low load. The ECM
detects a high signal voltage in high boost pressure, such as when the engine is under high load. If the ECM detects an
excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0237
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B, P0651, P160B, P1655, P2228, and P2229 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the boost pressure sensor signal voltage is 0.1 V or less for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0237 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default boost pressure value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0237
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0237 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-163
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P1655 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P1655 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Boost pressure sensor signal voltage check
3. Boost pressure sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Boost Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Boost Pressure Sensor parameter less than or equal
to the specified value?
Value: 0.1 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Boost pressure sensor 5 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Boost pressure sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the boost pressure sensor harness connector (E24).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the boost pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E24) and the frame ground with a
DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Boost pressure sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in boost pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit
5. Boost pressure sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the boost pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit and the signal circuit (pins 1 and 3
of E24).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the Boost Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Boost Pressure Sensor parameter more than or
equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Boost pressure sensor harness connector inspection
No
1A-164 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in boost pressure sensor signal circuit
6. Inspection for open circuit in boost pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect the 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 14 of E12) and the boost pressure sensor (pin 3 of E24) for an
open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The boost pressure sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the 5 V
reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in boost pressure sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 10 of E12) and the boost pressure sensor (pin 1 of E24) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. Boost pressure sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the boost pressure sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 3 of E24). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the boost pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 10 and 14 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-165
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
10. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-166 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0238 (Flash Code 32)


Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit High
1. DTC P0238 DTC Information
1. DTC P0238 description
The boost pressure sensor is installed to the air duct. The boost pressure sensor changes the signal voltage in accordance with
changes in air pressure in the air intake pipe. The sensor has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Boost pressure sensor signal circuit
The boost pressure sensor transmits signals related to air pressure changes within the air intake pipe to the ECM via the signal
circuit. The ECM detects a low signal voltage in low boost pressure, such as when the engine is under low load. The ECM
detects a high signal voltage in high boost pressure, such as when the engine is under high load. If the ECM detects an
excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0238
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P1655 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the boost pressure sensor signal voltage is 4.9 V or more for 3 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0238 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default boost pressure value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0238
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0238 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Boost pressure sensor signal voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-167
4) Observe the Boost Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Boost Pressure Sensor parameter more than or
equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.9 V
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC and boost pressure sensor signal voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Prioritized DTC and boost pressure sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool for DTC P1655 being set at the same time.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3) Disconnect the boost pressure sensor harness connector (E24).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the Boost Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in boost pressure sensor signal circuit
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P1655 is set.
Go to DTC P1655 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P1655 is not set.
⇒Go to 4. Boost pressure sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
4. Boost pressure sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the boost pressure sensor low reference circuit (pin 2 of E24) and the battery power
supply. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Boost pressure sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in boost pressure sensor low reference circuit
5. Inspection for short to power supply in boost pressure sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 10 of E12) and the boost pressure sensor (pin 1 of E24) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ The boost pressure sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
1A-168 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit in boost pressure sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 28 of E12) and the boost pressure sensor (pin 2 of E24) for an
open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The boost pressure sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low
reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
7. Boost pressure sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the boost pressure sensor harness connector (pin 2 of E24). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the boost pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
8. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 10 and 28 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-169
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-170 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0299 (Flash Code 65)


Turbocharger Underboost
1. DTC P0299 DTC Information
1. DTC P0299 description
The boost pressure sensor is installed to the air duct. The boost pressure sensor changes the signal voltage in accordance with
changes in air pressure in the air intake pipe. The ECM monitors the boost pressure sensor signal. If the ECM detects that the
sensor signal is excessively low, the DTC is set. This indicates that the boost pressure is excessively low.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0299
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine speed is 1,000 to 2,600 rpm.
・ The fuel injection quantity is more than or equal to the predetermined value.
・ DTCs P0087, P0088, P0089, P0091, P0092, P0093, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0192, P0193, P0201, P0202,
P0203, P0204, P0237, P0238, P060B, P0638, P0651, P1093, P160B, P1655, P2228, P2229, and U0073 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0087 (Flash Code 225) Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0088 (Flash Code 118) Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0089 (Flash Code 151) Fuel Pressure Regulator Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0091 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0092 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0093 (Flash Code 227) Fuel System Leak Detected" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0122 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0123 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0192 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0193 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0237 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0238 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0638 (Flash Code 61) Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1093 (Flash Code 227) Fuel Rail Pressure Too Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-171
Refer to "DTC U0073 (Flash Code 84) Control Module Communication Bus Off" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the actual boost pressure is lower than the desired boost pressure by the predetermined value or
more for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0299 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0299
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0299 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0237, P0238, P2228, or P2229 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0237 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0238 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Boost pressure control components inspection
3. Boost pressure control components inspection
1) Inspect possible causes of the low boost pressure for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Air leakage around the boost pressure sensor or foreign material covering the sensor hole
・ Air leakage around the air intake pipe between the turbocharger and the inlet cover. Damaged components and loose
clamps
・ Biting of the turbine shaft, which causes a decrease in the rotation speed of the turbocharger shaft
・ Turbocharger control solenoid valve stuck
・ Stuck intake throttle valve
・ Clogged air cleaner element, collapsing of the air intake pipe between the air cleaner and the boost pressure sensor, or
a state where flow is restricted
・ Oil in the air intake pipe may cause a boost pressure sensor signal error. If there is oil inside the piping, intercooler, or
turbocharger, it is necessary to wipe it off.
1A-172 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Pressure difference check between the boost pressure and the barometric pressure
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
4. Pressure difference check between the boost pressure and the barometric pressure
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Observe the Boost Pressure parameter and Barometric Pressure parameter on the scan tool. Is the difference between
the Boost Pressure parameter and the Barometric Pressure parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 10 kPa { 1.5 psi }
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Barometric pressure check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
5. Barometric pressure check
1) Refer to the table and compare the Barometric Pressure parameter on the scan tool with the surrounding barometric
pressure. Is the Barometric Pressure parameter within the specified range?
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor inspection".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Boost pressure sensor circuit inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Barometric pressure sensor circuit inspection
6. Boost pressure sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the boost pressure sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 3 of E24). Is the connection
status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 10 and 14 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 10 and 14 of E12) and the boost pressure sensor (pins 1 and 3 of E24) for
high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the boost pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. Barometric pressure sensor circuit inspection
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-173
1) Inspect for poor connections at the barometric pressure sensor harness connector (pin 1 of B121). Is the connection
status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 60 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
3) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 60 of J14) and the barometric pressure sensor (pin 1 of B121)
for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the barometric pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-174 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15)


Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
1. DTC P0335 DTC Information
1. DTC P0335 description
The CKP sensor is installed on the top of the flywheel housing. The sensor rotor is fixed on the flywheel. There are 56
notches spaced 6° apart and a 30° opening. Top dead center of cylinder No. 1 can be detected through this opening. The CKP
sensor is a magnetic resistance element type sensor, and generates a square wave signal pulse. The sensor has the following
circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ CKP sensor signal circuit
The ECM monitors the signal pulses of the CKP sensor and the CMP sensor to make sure they correlate with each other. If
the ECM receives a certain amount of CMP sensor signal pulses with no CKP sensor signal pulses detected, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0335
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The CMP sensor signal pulses are detected.
・ DTCs P0016, P0336, and P0340 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0016 (Flash Code 16) Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0336 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that no CKP sensor signal pulse is generated while the engine is running.
3. Action taken when DTC P0335 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0335
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0335 diagnostics
Note:
・ If there is electromagnetic interference in the CKP sensor, this DTC may set.
・ If there is an intermittent CKP sensor signal pulse, this DTC may be set.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-175
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine. Note that a slight start delay may be noticed.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Prioritized DTC check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0340 or P1655 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 4. CKP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
4. CKP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the CKP sensor harness connector (E20).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CKP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E20) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is
the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. CKP sensor signal voltage check
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in CKP sensor 5 V reference circuit
5. CKP sensor signal voltage check
1) Measure the voltage between the CKP sensor signal circuit (pin 1 of E20) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 11. Inspection for short to power supply in CKP sensor signal circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
⇒Go to 6. CKP sensor signal voltage check using test lamp
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in CKP sensor signal circuit
6. CKP sensor signal voltage check using test lamp
1A-176 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Connect a test lamp between the CKP sensor signal circuit (pin 1 of E20) and the frame ground.
2) Measure the voltage between the CKP sensor signal circuit (pin 1 of E20) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the
voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 12. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in CKP sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 7. CKP sensor low reference circuit inspection
7. CKP sensor low reference circuit inspection
1) Measure the voltage between the CKP sensor 5 V reference circuit and the low reference circuit (pins 2 and 3 of E20)
with a DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 13. CKP sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit in CKP sensor low reference circuit
8. Inspection for open circuit in CKP sensor 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect the 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 14 of E12) and the CKP sensor (pin 3 of E20) for an open
circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The CKP sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the 5 V reference
circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit in CKP sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 28 of E12) and the CKP sensor (pin 2 of E20) for an open
circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The CKP sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low reference
circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-177
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in CKP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 26 of E12) and the CKP sensor (pin 1 of E20) for the following. Is the
result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
11. Inspection for short to power supply in CKP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 26 of E12) and the CKP sensor (pin 1 of E20) for a short to the battery
power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The CKP sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 16. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
12. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in CKP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 26 of E12) and the CKP sensor (pin 1 of E20) for a short to the 5 V
reference circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 16. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
13. CKP sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the CKP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E20). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 15. CKP sensor and sensor rotor inspection
No
1A-178 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
14. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 14, 26, 27, and 28 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 16. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
15. CKP sensor and sensor rotor inspection
1) Inspect the CKP sensor and sensor rotor for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Damaged sensor
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor
・ Excessive clearance
・ Foreign material passing between the sensor and sensor rotor
・ Damage to the sensor rotor
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor rotor
Yes
Replace the CKP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CKP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CKP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
16. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
17. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-179

DTC P0336 (Flash Code 15)


Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
1. DTC P0336 DTC Information
1. DTC P0336 description
The CKP sensor is installed on the top of the flywheel housing. The sensor rotor is fixed on the flywheel. There are 56
notches spaced 6° apart and a 30° opening. Top dead center of cylinder No. 1 can be detected through this opening. The ECM
monitors the signal pulses of the CKP sensor and the CMP sensor to make sure they correlate with each other. If the ECM
receives excessive or short CKP sensor signal pulses, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0336
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The CKP sensor signal pulses are detected.
・ DTCs P0016, P0335, and P0340 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0016 (Flash Code 16) Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects excessive or short CKP sensor signal pulses while the engine is running.
3. Action taken when DTC P0336 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0336
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0336 diagnostics
Note:
・ If there is electromagnetic interference in the CKP sensor, this DTC may set.
・ If there is an intermittent CKP sensor signal pulse, this DTC may be set.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine. Note that a slight start delay may be noticed.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0335, P0340, or P1655 set at the same time?
Yes
1A-180 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. CKP sensor circuit inspection
3. CKP sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect all the circuits connecting to the CKP sensor for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Too close to the wiring or parts of the fuel injection system
・ Too close to any electronic device that was additionally installed
・ Too close to the solenoid and relay
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Individual harness connector inspection
No
Repair the harness wiring as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
4. Individual harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 14, 26, 27, and 28 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the CKP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E20). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. CKP sensor and sensor rotor inspection
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
5. CKP sensor and sensor rotor inspection
1) Inspect the CKP sensor and sensor rotor for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Damaged sensor
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor
・ Excessive clearance
・ Foreign material passing between the sensor and sensor rotor
・ Damage to the sensor rotor
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor rotor
Yes
Replace the CKP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CKP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CKP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-181
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
6. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-182 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14)


Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
1. DTC P0340 DTC Information
1. DTC P0340 description
The CMP sensor is installed on the rear of the cylinder head on which the camshaft gear is located. The CMP sensor detects 5
projections in total per 1 engine cycle. The camshaft gear has 4 projections evenly spaced 90° apart and 1 reference
projection. The CMP sensor is a magnetic resistance element type sensor, and generates a square wave signal pulse. The
sensor has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ CMP sensor signal circuit
The ECM monitors the signal pulses of the CKP sensor and the CMP sensor to make sure they correlate with each other. If
the ECM receives a certain amount of CKP sensor signal pulses with no CMP sensor signal pulses detected, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0340
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The CKP sensor signal pulses are detected.
・ DTCs P0016, P0335, and P0336 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0016 (Flash Code 16) Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0336 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that no CMP sensor signal pulse is generated while the engine is running.
3. Action taken when DTC P0340 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0340
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0340 diagnostics
Note:
・ If there is electromagnetic interference in the CMP sensor, this DTC may set.
・ If there is an intermittent CMP sensor signal pulse, this DTC may be set.
・ Even if the CMP sensor signal pulse is lost while the engine is running, the engine will operate normally. If
the CMP sensor signal pulse is not present on startup, the engine will not start.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-183
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine. If the engine does not start, crank the engine for 10 seconds.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Prioritized DTC check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0651 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 4. CMP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
4. CMP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the CMP sensor harness connector (E18).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. CMP sensor signal voltage check
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit
5. CMP sensor signal voltage check
1) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor signal circuit (pin 1 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 11. Inspection for short to power supply in CMP sensor signal circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
⇒Go to 6. CMP sensor signal voltage check using test lamp
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in CMP sensor signal circuit
1A-184 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
6. CMP sensor signal voltage check using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the CMP sensor signal circuit (pin 1 of E18) and the frame ground.
2) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor signal circuit (pin 1 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the
voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 12. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in CMP sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 7. CMP sensor low reference circuit inspection
7. CMP sensor low reference circuit inspection
1) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit and the low reference circuit (pins 2 and 3 of E18)
with a DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 13. CMP sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit in CMP sensor low reference circuit
8. Inspection for open circuit in CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect the 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 6 of E12) and the CMP sensor (pin 3 of E18) for an open circuit
or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The CMP sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the 5 V reference
circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit in CMP sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 20 of E12) and the CMP sensor (pin 2 of E18) for an open
circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The CMP sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low reference
circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-185
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in CMP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 17 of E12) and the CMP sensor (pin 1 of E18) for the following. Is the
result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
11. Inspection for short to power supply in CMP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 17 of E12) and the CMP sensor (pin 1 of E18) for a short to the battery
power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The CMP sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 16. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
12. Inspection for short to 5 V reference in CMP sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 17 of E12) and the CMP sensor (pin 1 of E18) for a short to the 5 V
reference circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 16. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
13. CMP sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the CMP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E18). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 15. CMP sensor and camshaft gear inspection
1A-186 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
14. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 6, 17, 19, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 16. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
15. CMP sensor and camshaft gear inspection
1) Inspect the CMP sensor and camshaft gear for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Damaged sensor
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor
・ Excessive clearance
・ Foreign material passing between the sensor and camshaft gear
・ Camshaft gear damage
・ Loose or improperly installed camshaft gear
Yes
Replace the CMP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CMP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CMP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
16. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 17. Repair verification
17. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-187
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-188 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0341 (Flash Code 14)


Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
1. DTC P0341 DTC Information
1. DTC P0341 description
The CMP sensor is installed on the rear of the cylinder head on which the camshaft gear is located. The CMP sensor detects 5
projections in total per 1 engine cycle. The camshaft gear has 4 projections evenly spaced 90° apart and 1 reference
projection. The ECM monitors the signal pulses of the CKP sensor and the CMP sensor to make sure they correlate with each
other. If the ECM receives excessive or short CMP sensor signal pulses, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0341
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The CMP sensor signal pulses are detected.
・ DTCs P0335, P0336, and P0340 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0335 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0336 (Flash Code 15) Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects excessive or short CKP sensor signal pulses while the engine is running.
3. Action taken when DTC P0341 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits engine startup.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0341
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0341 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine. If the engine does not start, crank the engine for 10 seconds.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0340 or P06D2 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0340 (Flash Code 14) Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-189
Refer to "DTC P06D2 Sensor Reference Voltage 5 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. CMP sensor circuit inspection
3. CMP sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect all the circuits connecting to the CMP sensor for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Too close to the wiring or parts of the fuel injection system
・ Too close to any electronic device that was additionally installed
・ Too close to the solenoid and relay
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Individual harness connector inspection
No
Repair the harness wiring as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
4. Individual harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the CMP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E18). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 6, 17, 19, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. CMP sensor and camshaft gear inspection
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
5. CMP sensor and camshaft gear inspection
1) Inspect the CMP sensor and camshaft gear for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Damaged sensor
・ Loose or improperly installed sensor
・ Excessive clearance
・ Foreign material passing between the sensor and camshaft gear
・ Camshaft gear damage
・ Loose or improperly installed camshaft gear
Yes
Replace the CMP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CMP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CMP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
6. Repair verification
1A-190 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-191

DTC P0401 (Flash Code 93)


Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow Insufficient Detected
1. DTC P0401 DTC Information
1. DTC P0401 description
The ECM controls the opening position of the EGR valve based on the driving condition of the engine by controlling the
EGR motor. The EGR valve lift amount is detected by the position sensor and is sent to the ECM. When the proper enabling
conditions are met, the ECM opens the EGR valve while monitoring the MAF signal. An expected MAF difference should be
detected between the open and closed positions of the valve. If the ECM detects a MAF difference that is less than or equal to
expected, the DTC is set. This DTC only runs once per ignition cycle within the enabling conditions.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0401
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 16 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P042E, P042F, P0500, P0502, P0503,
P0560, P060B, P0638, P160B, P1655, P2227, P2228, and P2229 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0102 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0103 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit High Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0112 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0113 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0116 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0122 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0123 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P042E (Flash Code 45) EGR Position Fault (Closed Position Error)" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P042E (Flash Code 45) EGR Position Fault (Closed Position Error)" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0500 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0502 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0503 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit High Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0638 (Flash Code 61) Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2227 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the MAF value is not within the calculated range during the EGR flow test for 5 seconds or
more. (This indicates that the EGR flow is insufficient.)
3. Action taken when DTC P0401 sets
1A-192 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0401
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0401 diagnostics
Note:
・ A history DTC remains for 9,600 hours (accumulated engine run time) and will not clear with a scan tool.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, or P0560 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0101 (Flash Code 92) Mass Air Flow Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0102 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0103 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit High Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Current DTC check
3. Current DTC check
1) Start and completely warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 75°C {167°F} or more.
2) Idle the engine for at least 3 minutes while observing the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. EGR components inspection
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. EGR components inspection
1) Inspect the air intake/exhaust system for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Missing or damaged EGR valve gasket
・ Stuck EGR valve
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-193
・ EGR gas leakage from the EGR passage between the exhaust manifold and the inlet cover
・ Collapsed or restricted flow in the EGR passage between the exhaust manifold and the EGR valve
・ Conditions that restrict exhaust system flow
・ Clogged air cleaner element, collapsing of the air piping between the air cleaner and the intake manifold, or a state
where flow is restricted or damage is present
・ Leakage in the air intake system
・ Water in the air intake system
・ Dirt or foreign material blocking the inlet of the MAF sensor
・ Misdetection or delayed response of the MAF sensor
・ Stuck exhaust brake valve
・ Ventilation duct connected to the exhaust tail pipe Remove and inspect again if it is connected.
Yes
⇒Go to 5. EGR valve operation check
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
5. EGR valve operation check
1) Perform the EGR a few times with a scan tool.
2) While observing the EGR Position 1 parameter with a scan tool, command the Desired EGR Position parameter UP and
DOWN. Does the EGR Position 1 parameter respond and remain within the specified range?
Value: -5 to 5 %
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
Replace the EGR valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR installation".
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
6. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
Note:
・ The DTC history will not clear.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start and completely warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 75°C {167°F} or more.
4) Idle the engine for at least 3 minutes while observing the DTC information with a scan tool.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-194 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0409 (Flash Code 44)


Exhaust Gas Recirculation Sensor Circuit
1. DTC P0409 DTC Information
1. DTC P0409 description
The EGR position sensor is installed inside the EGR valve together with the EGR motor. The sensor consists of 3 individual
sensors in 1 housing. EGR position sensor 1, EGR position sensor 2, and EGR position sensor 3 are Hall element type sensors
and have the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ EGR position sensor signal circuit
The EGR position sensor sends Low or High signals related to EGR valve position changes to the ECM via the signal circuit.
If the ECM detects that the EGR position sensor signals no longer correlate, and are all Low or all High, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0409
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the EGR position sensor signals are stuck in a low state or a high state for 3 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0409 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0409
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0409 diagnostics
Note:
・ A history DTC remains for 9,600 hours (accumulated engine run time) and will not clear with a scan tool.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-195
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0651 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. EGR position sensor signal input check
3. EGR position sensor signal input check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the EGR valve harness connector (E132).
3) Observe the EGR Position 1, 2, 3 parameters on the scan tool. Are there any parameters which display ON?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for short to power supply in EGR position sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 4. EGR position sensor 5 V reference voltage check
4. EGR position sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Measure the voltage between the EGR position sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 1 of E132) and the frame ground with a
DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. EGR position sensor low reference circuit inspection
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in EGR position sensor 5 V reference circuit
5. EGR position sensor low reference circuit inspection
1) Measure the voltage between the EGR position sensor 5 V reference circuit and the low reference circuit (pins 1 and 5
of E132) with a DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 6. EGR position sensor signal input check using fused jumper wire
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit in EGR position sensor low reference circuit
6. EGR position sensor signal input check using fused jumper wire
1) Observe the EGR Position 1, 2, 3 parameters on the scan tool while momentarily connecting a fused jumper wire
between each signal circuit of the EGR valve harness connector and the 5 V reference circuit. Is there any parameter
which does not display ON when the circuits are connected by a jumper wire?
・ Between EGR position sensor signal circuit 1 and the 5 V reference circuit (pins 1 and 4 of E132)
・ Between EGR position sensor signal circuit 2 and the 5 V reference circuit (pins 1 and 3 of E132)
1A-196 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
・ Between EGR position sensor signal circuit 3 and the 5 V reference circuit (pins 1 and 2 of E132)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in EGR position sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 11. EGR valve harness connector inspection
7. Inspection for short to power supply in EGR position sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor signal circuit which indicates High between the ECM (pins 12, 13, and 18 of E12) and the
EGR valve (pins 2, 3, and 4 of E132) for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ The EGR position sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
8. Inspection for open circuit in EGR position sensor 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 6 of E12) and the EGR valve (pin 1 of E132) for
an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The EGR position sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the 5 V
reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit in EGR position sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 20 of E12) and the EGR valve (pin 5 of E132)
for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The EGR position sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low
reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-197
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
10. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in EGR position sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the position sensor signal circuit which does not indicate High between the ECM (pins 12, 13, and 18 of E12)
and the EGR valve (pins 2, 3, and 4 of E132) for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
11. EGR valve harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the EGR valve harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 of E132). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. Inspection for short circuit in EGR motor circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
12. Inspection for short circuit in EGR motor circuit
1) Inspect the motor circuit between the ECM (pins 22, 29, and 30 of E12) and the EGR valve (pins 6, 7, and 8 of E132)
for a short to the position sensor circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the EGR valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR installation".
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
13. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
1A-198 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
14. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
15. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
Note:
・ The DTC history will not clear.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-199

DTC P042E (Flash Code 45)


EGR Position Fault (Closed Position Error)
1. DTC P042E DTC Information
1. DTC P042E description
The ECM controls the opening position of the EGR valve based on the driving condition of the engine by controlling the
EGR motor. The EGR valve lift amount is detected by the position sensor and is sent to the ECM. If the ECM detects that the
actual EGR valve opening position is higher than the predetermined value, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P042E
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 16 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The desired EGR valve opening position is constant.
・ DTCs P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P060B, P0651, P160B, P1655, P2228, and P2229 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0112 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0113 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the difference between the actual EGR valve opening position and the desired valve opening
position is 40% or more for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P042E sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P042E
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P042E diagnostics
1A-200 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ A history DTC remains for 9,600 hours (accumulated engine run time) and will not clear with a scan tool.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
2) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0409 or P042F set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0409 (Flash Code 44) Exhaust Gas Recirculation Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P042F (Flash Code 45) EGR Control Circuit Range/ Performance" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. EGR operation check using scan tool
3. EGR operation check using scan tool
1) Perform the EGR a few times with a scan tool.
2) While observing the EGR Position 1 parameter with a scan tool, command the Desired EGR Position parameter UP and
DOWN. Does the EGR Position 1 parameter respond and remain within the specified range?
Value: -5 to 5 %
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 4. EGR circuit inspection
4. EGR circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the EGR valve harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 of E132). Is the
connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, 20, 22, 29, and 30 of E12). Is the
connection status normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, 20, 22, 29, and 30 of E12) and the EGR valve (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, and 8 of E132) for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short circuit in motor circuit
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 7. EGR valve operation signal input check
5. Inspection for short circuit in motor circuit
・ Inspect the motor circuit between the ECM (pins 22, 29, and 30 of E12) and the EGR valve (pins 6, 7, and 8 of E132)
for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to ground
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-201
・ Short to the power supply circuit
・ Short together
・ Short to EGR position sensor circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. EGR valve inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. EGR valve inspection
1) Remove the EGR valve from the engine.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
2) Inspect the EGR valve for the following. Is the result normal?
・ The flow in the EGR valve is restricted by foreign material.
・ Excessive deposits in the valve
・ Bent valve shaft or valve itself
Yes
⇒Go to 7. EGR valve operation signal input check
No
Repair as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. EGR valve operation signal input check
1) Reconnect all of the disconnected harness connectors.
2) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
3) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
4) Start the engine.
5) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
6) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
Replace the EGR valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
Note:
・ The DTC history will not clear.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
1A-202 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-203

DTC P042F (Flash Code 45)


EGR Control Circuit Range/ Performance
1. DTC P042F DTC Information
1. DTC P042F description
The ECM controls the opening position of the EGR valve based on the driving condition of the engine by controlling the
EGR motor. The EGR valve lift amount is detected by the position sensor and is sent to the ECM. If the ECM detects a
difference between the actual EGR valve position and the desired EGR valve position for a predetermined period of time with
the EGR commanded ON, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P042F
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 16 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The EGR control is commanded ON.
・ DTCs P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P060B, P0651, P160B, P1655, P2228, and P2229 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0112 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0113 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the actual EGR valve opening position is less than the desired valve opening position by 10%
or more for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P042F sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P042F
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P042F diagnostics
1A-204 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ A history DTC remains for 9,600 hours (accumulated engine run time) and will not clear with a scan tool.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
2) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0409 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0409 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0409 (Flash Code 44) Exhaust Gas Recirculation Sensor Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. EGR operation check using scan tool
3. EGR operation check using scan tool
1) Perform the EGR a few times with a scan tool.
2) While observing the EGR Position 1 parameter with a scan tool, command the Desired EGR Position parameter UP and
DOWN. Does the EGR Position 1 parameter respond and remain within the specified range?
Value: -5 to 5 %
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 4. EGR circuit inspection
4. EGR circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the EGR valve harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 of E132). Is the
connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, 20, 22, 29, and 30 of E12). Is the
connection status normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, 20, 22, 29, and 30 of E12) and the EGR valve (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, and 8 of E132) for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short circuit in motor circuit
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 7. EGR valve operation signal input check
5. Inspection for short circuit in motor circuit
・ Inspect the motor circuit between the ECM (pins 22, 29, and 30 of E12) and the EGR valve (pins 6, 7, and 8 of E132)
for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the power supply circuit
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-205
・ Short together
・ Short to EGR position sensor circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. EGR valve inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. EGR valve inspection
1) Remove the EGR valve from the engine.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
2) Inspect the EGR valve for the following. Is the result normal?
・ The flow in the EGR valve is restricted by foreign material.
・ Excessive deposits in the valve
・ Bent valve shaft or valve itself
Yes
⇒Go to 7. EGR valve operation signal input check
No
Repair as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. EGR valve operation signal input check
1) Reconnect all of the disconnected harness connectors.
2) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
3) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
4) Start the engine.
5) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
6) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
Replace the EGR valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
Note:
・ The DTC history will not clear.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
1A-206 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-207

DTC P0477 (Flash Code 46)


Exhaust Pressure Control Valve Low
1. DTC P0477 DTC Information
1. DTC P0477 description
The ECM controls the exhaust brake by supplying a vacuum pressure to the exhaust brake valve based on the vehicle running
condition. The ECM energizes the exhaust brake solenoid valve, which applies a vacuum pressure to the exhaust brake valve
in order to operate it. If the ECM detects any abnormal voltage in the exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit, the DTC is
set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0477
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects a low voltage condition in the exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit for 3 seconds or more
when the solenoid is commanded OFF.
3. Action taken when DTC P0477 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0477
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0477 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Exhaust brake solenoid valve operation check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Perform Exhaust Brake with a scan tool.
3) Command the exhaust brake solenoid valve ON/OFF. Does the exhaust brake solenoid valve make any operation sound
with the execution of each command?
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 3. Inspection for open circuit in exhaust brake solenoid valve power supply circuit
1A-208 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3. Inspection for open circuit in exhaust brake solenoid valve power supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector (J26).
3) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit (pin 1 of J26) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Exhaust brake solenoid valve control voltage check
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ignition power supply circuit between the ECM MAIN 10A fuse
and the exhaust brake solenoid valve (pin 1 of J26). Inspect the ECM MAIN 10A fuse first.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
4. Exhaust brake solenoid valve control voltage check
1) Connect a test lamp between the exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit (pin 2 of J26) and the battery power
supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Perform Exhaust Brake with a scan tool.
3) Command the exhaust brake solenoid valve ON/OFF.
The test lamp remains either ON or OFF with the execution of each command.
⇒Go to 7. Exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector inspection
The test lamp remains ON with the execution of each command
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to ground in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
The test lamp remains OFF with the execution of each command.
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for open circuit in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
5. Inspection for open circuit in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
1) Inspect the control circuit between the ECM (pin 15 of J14) and the exhaust brake solenoid valve (pin 2 of J26) for an
open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
6. Inspection for short to ground in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
1) Inspect the control circuit between the ECM (pin 15 of J14) and the exhaust brake solenoid valve (pin 2 of J26) for a
short to ground. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-209
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
7. Exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of J26). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the exhaust brake solenoid valve.
Refer to "4.Brakes 4E.Speed Retarder System Exhaust brake solenoid valve removal".
Refer to "4.Brakes 4E.Speed Retarder System Exhaust brake solenoid valve installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
8. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 15 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Perform Exhaust Brake with a scan tool.
4) Command the exhaust brake solenoid valve ON/OFF. Does the exhaust brake solenoid valve make any operation sound
with the execution of each command?
Yes
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-210 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
No
⇒Go to 2. Exhaust brake solenoid valve operation check
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-211

DTC P0478 (Flash Code 46)


Exhaust Pressure Control Valve High
1. DTC P0478 DTC Information
1. DTC P0478 description
The ECM controls the exhaust brake by supplying vacuum pressure to the exhaust brake valve based on the vehicle running
condition. The ECM energizes the exhaust brake solenoid valve via the exhaust brake relay, in order to apply vacuum
pressure to the exhaust brake valve to operate it. If the ECM detects any abnormal voltage in the exhaust brake relay control
circuit, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0478
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects a high voltage condition in the exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit for 3 seconds or more
when the solenoid is commanded ON.
3. Action taken when DTC P0478 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0478
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0478 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Exhaust brake solenoid valve operation check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Perform Exhaust Brake with a scan tool.
3) Command the exhaust brake solenoid valve ON/OFF. Does the exhaust brake solenoid valve make any operation sound
with the execution of each command?
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 3. Exhaust brake solenoid valve signal input check
1A-212 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3. Exhaust brake solenoid valve signal input check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the exhaust brake solenoid valve harness connector (J26).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0478 not set but DTC P0477 set?
Yes
Replace the exhaust brake solenoid valve.
Refer to "4.Brakes 4E.Speed Retarder System Exhaust brake solenoid valve removal".
Refer to "4.Brakes 4E.Speed Retarder System Exhaust brake solenoid valve installation".
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for short to power supply in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
4. Inspection for short to power supply in exhaust brake solenoid valve control circuit
1) Inspect the control circuit between the ECM (pin 15 of J14) and the exhaust brake solenoid valve (pin 2 of J26) for a
short to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 5. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
5. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
6. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Perform Exhaust Brake with a scan tool.
4) Command the exhaust brake solenoid valve ON/OFF. Does the exhaust brake solenoid valve make any operation sound
with the execution of each command?
Yes
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-213
⇒Go to 3. Exhaust brake solenoid valve signal input check
1A-214 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0500 (Flash Code 25)


Vehicle Speed Sensor
1. DTC P0500 DTC Information
1. DTC P0500 description
The vehicle speed sensor is used by the ECM and other control modules, and generates a speed signal from the transmission
output shaft rotational speed. The sensor has the following circuits.
・ Ignition power supply circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
The vehicle speed sensor uses Hall elements. They interact with magnetic fields generated by rotating magnets, and output
pulse signals. The ECM uses the vehicle speed sensor to calculate the vehicle speed. If the ECM detects that vehicle speed
sensor signals have not been generated for a predetermined period of time, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0500
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The fuel injection is OFF with the accelerator pedal not depressed.
・ The engine speed is 2,000 rpm or more.
・ DTC P0219 is not set.
Refer to "DTC P0219 (Flash Code 543) Engine Overspeed Condition" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that no vehicle speed signal pulse has been generated for 7 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P0500 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default vehicle speed value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0500
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0500 diagnostics
Note:
・ If there is electromagnetic interference in the vehicle speed signal circuit, this DTC may be set.
・ Aftermarket signal pulse pick up devices may cause a failure.
・ If this DTC is set, the Vehicle Speed parameter on the scan tool displays 10 km/h {6 mph}.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-215
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0502 or P0503 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0502 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0503 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit High Input" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Vehicle speed check
3. Vehicle speed check
1) Operate the vehicle while observing the Vehicle Speed parameter on the scan tool. Does the Vehicle Speed parameter
display the correct vehicle speed?
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 4. VSS components inspection
4. VSS components inspection
1) Inspect the vehicle speed sensor, drive gear, driven gear, and output shaft for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Damage to the vehicle speed sensor, drive gear, or driven gear
・ Loose or improperly installed vehicle speed sensor, drive gear, or driven gear
・ Damage to the teeth of the transmission output shaft
・ Excessive play in the transmission output shaft
2) Remove aftermarket electronics that emit electromagnetic interference and inspect. Is the result normal?
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Individual harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
5. Individual harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the vehicle speed sensor harness connector (pin 3 of J48). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 19 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the vehicle speed sensor.
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5Z.Transmission Electrical Control(MYY) Vehicle speed sensor removal".
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5Z.Transmission Electrical Control(MYY) Vehicle speed
sensor installation".
1A-216 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
6. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Operate the vehicle while observing the Vehicle Speed parameter on the scan tool.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-217

DTC P0502 (Flash Code 25)


Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Low Input
1. DTC P0502 DTC Information
1. DTC P0502 description
The vehicle speed sensor is used by the ECM, speedometer, and other control modules, and generates a speed signal from the
transmission output shaft rotational speed. The sensor has the following circuits.
・ Ignition power supply circuit
・ Ground circuit
・ Vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
The vehicle speed sensor uses Hall elements. They interact with magnetic fields generated by rotating magnets, and output
pulse signals. The ECM uses the vehicle speed sensor to calculate the vehicle speed. If the ECM detects an excessively low
signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0502
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the vehicle speed signal voltage is 0.5 V or less.
3. Action taken when DTC P0502 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0502
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0502 diagnostics
Note:
・ Aftermarket signal pulse pick up devices may cause a failure.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
1A-218 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Inspection for open circuit in vehicle speed sensor power supply circuit
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Inspection for open circuit in vehicle speed sensor power supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the vehicle speed sensor harness connector (J48).
3) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit (pin 1 of J48) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Vehicle speed sensor signal voltage check
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ignition power supply circuit between the ABS 10A fuse and the
vehicle speed sensor (pin 1 of J48). Inspect the ABS 10A fuse first.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
4. Vehicle speed sensor signal voltage check
1) Connect a test lamp between the vehicle speed sensor signal circuit (pin 3 of J48) and the battery power supply. Does
the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to ground in vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
No
⇒Go to 5. Vehicle speed sensor signal input check
5. Vehicle speed sensor signal input check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more with the test lamp still connected.
2) Turn ON the ignition switch.
3) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0503 set?
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Vehicle speed sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit in vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
6. Inspection for short to ground in vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 19 of J14) and the vehicle speed sensor (pin 3 of J48) for a short to
ground or a short to the low reference circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-219
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit in vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 19 of J14) and the vehicle speed sensor (pin 3 of J48) for an open
circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. Vehicle speed sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the vehicle speed sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 3 of J48). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the vehicle speed sensor.
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5Z.Transmission Electrical Control(MYY) Vehicle speed sensor removal".
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5Z.Transmission Electrical Control(MYY) Vehicle speed
sensor installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 19 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
10. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
1A-220 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-221

DTC P0503 (Flash Code 25)


Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit High Input
1. DTC P0503 DTC Information
1. DTC P0503 description
The vehicle speed sensor is used by the ECM, speedometer, and other control modules, and generates a speed signal from the
transmission output shaft rotational speed. The sensor has the following circuits.
・ Ignition power supply circuit
・ Ground circuit
・ Vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
The vehicle speed sensor uses Hall elements. They interact with magnetic fields generated by rotating magnets, and output
pulse signals. The ECM uses the vehicle speed sensor to calculate the vehicle speed. If the ECM detects an excessively high
signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0503
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the vehicle speed signal voltage is 20 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0503 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0503
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0503 diagnostics
Note:
・ Aftermarket signal pulse pick up devices may cause a failure.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
1A-222 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Vehicle speed sensor signal input check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Vehicle speed sensor signal input check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
2) Disconnect the vehicle speed sensor harness connector (J48).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0502 set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for open circuit in vehicle speed sensor ground circuit
No
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
4. Inspection for open circuit in vehicle speed sensor ground circuit
1) Connect a test lamp between the vehicle speed sensor ground circuit (pin 2 of J48) and the battery power supply. Does
the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Vehicle speed sensor harness connector inspection
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ground circuit between the vehicle speed sensor (pin 2 of J48) and
the ground terminal. Clean or reinstall the ground terminal as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
5. Inspection for short to power supply in vehicle speed sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 19 of J14) and the vehicle speed sensor (pin 3 of J48) for a short to the
battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. Vehicle speed sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the vehicle speed sensor harness connector (pin 2 of J48). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-223
Yes
Replace the vehicle speed sensor.
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5Z.Transmission Electrical Control(MYY) Vehicle speed sensor removal".
Refer to "5.Transmission, Transaxle 5Z.Transmission Electrical Control(MYY) Vehicle speed
sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-224 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155)


System Voltage
1. DTC P0560 DTC Information
1. DTC P0560 description
The ECM supplies 12 V power to the MAF sensor. The ECM monitors the voltage of the 12 V reference circuit. If the ECM
detects an excessively low or high voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0560
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the voltage of the 12 V reference circuit is 7 V or less, or 19 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0560 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
・ The ECM assumes a default MAF value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0560
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0560 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. MAF sensor signal input check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-225
3. MAF sensor signal input check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
2) Disconnect the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (J38).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for short circuit in MAF sensor 12 V reference circuit
No
⇒Go to 5. MAF and IAT sensor harness connector inspection
4. Inspection for short circuit in MAF sensor 12 V reference circuit
1) Inspect the MAF sensor 12 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 23 of J14) and the MAF and IAT sensor (pin 1 of
J38) for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the low reference circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
5. MAF and IAT sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the MAF and IAT sensor harness connector (pin 1 of J38). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the MAF and IAT sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) MAF and IAT sensor installation".
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 35 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM replacement
No
1A-226 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-227

DTC P0563 (Flash Code 35)


System Voltage High
1. DTC P0563 DTC Information
1. DTC P0563 description
The ECM monitors the ignition power supply to verify that the voltage stays within the proper range. If the ECM detects that
the ignition power supply voltage is abnormally high, this DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0563
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the voltage of the ignition power supply circuit is 32 V or more for 30 minutes.
3. Action taken when DTC P0563 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0563
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0563 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Vehicle maintenance check
1) Check if the battery charger has been recently connected to the battery. Is the battery charger connected to the battery?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 3. Ignition voltage check
3. Ignition voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Start the engine.
3) Observe the Ignition Voltage parameter on the scan tool. Is the Ignition Voltage parameter less than or equal to the
specified value?
Value: 32.0 V
Yes
1A-228 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 4. Charging system inspection
4. Charging system inspection
1) Inspect the charging system. Is the result normal?
Refer to "1.Engine 1J.Electrical(4HL1) Generator (SEG) inspection".
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
Repair the charging system.
Refer to "1.Engine 1J.Electrical(4HL1) Generator (SEG) removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1J.Electrical(4HL1) Generator (SEG) disassembly".
Refer to "1.Engine 1J.Electrical(4HL1) Generator (SEG) reassembly".
Refer to "1.Engine 1J.Electrical(4HL1) Generator (SEG) installation".
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
5. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the Ignition Voltage parameter on the scan tool. Is the Ignition Voltage parameter less than or equal to the
specified value?
Value: 32.0 V
Yes
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
No
⇒Go to 4. Charging system inspection
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-229

DTC P0601 (Flash Code 53)


Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum Error
1. DTC P0601 DTC Information
1. DTC P0601 description
This diagnosis applies to the microprocessor inside the ECM.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0601
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the calculated checksum does not match the checksum registered in the ROM.
3. Action taken when DTC P0601 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM stops the engine. (The engine is ready to start after the ignition switch is turned OFF for 10 seconds or
more.)
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0601
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0601 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
3. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
1A-230 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-231

DTC P0602 (Flash Code 154)


Control Module Programming Error
1. DTC P0602 DTC Information
1. DTC P0602 description
The injector ID Code information is stored in the EEPROM within the ECM. If no Injector ID Code is programmed in the
ECM or the ECM detects an error in the programmed Injector ID Code, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0602
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that the Injector ID Code is not programmed.
・ The ECM detects an error in the programmed injector ID Code.
3. Action taken when DTC P0602 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0602
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0602 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Verify that all the tool connections are securely connected.
2) Verify that the programming device operates properly.
3) Connect the scan tool.
4) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
5) Turn ON the ignition switch.
6) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Injector ID Code verification
No
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
3. Injector ID Code verification
1A-232 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Confirm that the correct Injector ID Code is input into the ECM with a scan tool.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
2) If the injector ID code is correctly input, clear the DTC with a scan tool.
3) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
4. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
5. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-233

DTC P0604 (Flash Code 153)


Internal Control Module RAM Error
1. DTC P0604 DTC Information
1. DTC P0604 description
This diagnosis applies to the microprocessor inside the ECM.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0604
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 16 V or more.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects an internal RAM malfunction.
3. Action taken when DTC P0604 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM stops the engine. (The engine is ready to start after the ignition switch is turned OFF for 10 seconds or
more.)
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0604
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0604 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
3. ECM replacement
1A-234 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-235

DTC P0606 (Flash Code 51)


ECM/PCM Processor
1. DTC P0606 DTC Information
1. DTC P0606 description
This diagnosis applies to the microprocessor inside the ECM.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0606
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 16 V or more.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects a malfunction in the internal main CPU or sub IC.
3. Action taken when DTC P0606 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0606
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0606 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
3. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
1A-236 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-237

DTC P060B (Flash Code 36)


Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance
1. DTC P060B DTC Information
1. DTC P060B description
This diagnosis applies to the microprocessor inside the ECM.
2. Condition for setting DTC P060B
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects an internal A/D converter malfunction.
3. Action taken when DTC P060B sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P060B
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P060B diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
3. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
1A-238 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-239

DTC P0638 (Flash Code 61)


Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance
1. DTC P0638 DTC Information
1. DTC P0638 description
The ECM controls the opening position of the intake throttle valve based on the driving condition of the engine by controlling
the intake throttle motor. The intake throttle valve opening position is detected by the position sensor, and is sent to the ECM.
If the ECM detects the difference between the actual intake throttle valve position and the desired intake throttle valve
position while the intake throttle motor is commanded ON, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0638
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The desired intake throttle valve opening position is stable.
・ The intake throttle motor is commanded ON.
・ DTCs P060B, P160B, and P1655 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the difference between the actual intake throttle valve opening position and the desired valve
opening position is 40% or more for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0638 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0638
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0638 diagnostics
Note:
・ This DTC may be set if the intake throttle valve is stuck or intermittently stuck.
・ An intake throttle valve stuck at the fully closed position will cause an engine starting malfunction.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
1A-240 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0122 or P0123 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0122 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0123 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Current DTC check
3. Current DTC check
1) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
2) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Intake throttle valve inspection
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Intake throttle valve inspection
1) Remove the intake duct from the intake throttle valve.
2) Inspect the intake throttle valve for the following. Is the result normal?
・ The flow in the intake throttle valve is restricted by foreign material.
・ Excessive deposits inside the throttle
・ Bent butterfly valve
Note:
・ If sticking exists, replace the intake throttle valve.
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Intake throttle valve circuit inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 7. Intake throttle valve operation signal input inspection
5. Intake throttle valve circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the intake throttle valve harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 of E16). Is the
connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 4, 14, 23, 28, and 31 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 4, 14, 23, 28, and 31 of E12) and the intake throttle valve (pins 1, 2, 3, 5, and
6 of E16) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for a short circuit in intake throttle motor circuit
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-241
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 7. Intake throttle valve operation signal input inspection
6. Inspection for a short circuit in intake throttle motor circuit
1) Inspect the motor circuit between the ECM (pins 23 and 31 of E12) and the intake throttle valve (pins 1 and 2 of E16)
for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short together between motor circuits
・ Short to intake throttle position sensor circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the intake throttle valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 7. Intake throttle valve operation signal input inspection
7. Intake throttle valve operation signal input inspection
1) Reconnect all of the disconnected harness connectors.
2) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
3) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
4) Start the engine.
5) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
6) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
8. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
9. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
1A-242 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-243

DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55)


Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit
1. DTC P0641 DTC Information
1. DTC P0641 description
The ECM supplies 5 V power to the following sensors via 5 V reference circuit 1.
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
・ PTO throttle sensor
・ Idle up sensor
5 V reference circuit 1 shares the bus outside the ECM. Therefore, all of 5 V reference circuit 1 may be affected by a short
circuit in one of the sensor 5 V reference circuits. The ECM monitors the voltage of 5 V reference circuit 1, and if it detects
that the voltage is excessively low or high, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0641
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the voltage of 5 V reference circuit 1 is 4.5 V or less, or 5.5 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0641 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
・ The ECM assumes a default idle-up volume value.
・ The ECM assumes a default PTO throttle opening position value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0641
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0641 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
1A-244 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 3. Idle up sensor 5 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Idle up sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the idle up sensor harness connector (B87).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the idle up sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of B87) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for short to power supply in 5 V reference circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
Replace the idle up sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 4. 5 V reference voltage check for accelerator pedal position sensor 1
4. 5 V reference voltage check for accelerator pedal position sensor 1
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (B5).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the idle up sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of B87) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the accelerator control link.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Accelerator control link removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 5. PTO throttle sensor 5 V reference voltage check
5. PTO throttle sensor 5 V reference voltage check
Note:
・ If no PTO throttle sensor is equipped, go to Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit.
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-245
2) Disconnect the PTO throttle sensor harness connector (J39).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the idle up sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of B87) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the PTO throttle sensor.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit
6. Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 1 between the ECM (pin 42 of J14) and the following components for a short to ground or
a short to the low reference circuit. Is the result normal?
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (pin 4 of B5)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ PTO throttle sensor (pin 3 of J39)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ Idle up sensor (pin 3 of B87)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
7. Inspection for short to power supply in 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 1 between the ECM (pin 42 of J14) and the following components for a short to the battery
power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (pin 4 of B5)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ PTO throttle sensor (pin 3 of J39)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ Idle up sensor (pin 3 of B87)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
8. ECM replacement
1A-246 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
9. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-247

DTC P0650 (Flash Code 77)


Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit
1. DTC P0650 DTC Information
1. DTC P0650 description
The check engine warning light is in the instrument panel cluster. The check engine warning light informs the driver that a
malfunction has occurred in the emission-related system and that repair of the engine control system is required. The ECM
monitors for any status that is different from the check engine warning light command status in the check engine warning
light control circuit. The circuit is defective if the ECM detects a low voltage when the check engine warning light is
commanded OFF, or the ECM detects a high voltage when the check engine warning light is commanded ON. If the ECM
detects any abnormal control circuit voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0650
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects a low voltage condition in the check engine warning light control circuit when the light is
commanded OFF.
・ The ECM detects a high voltage condition in the check engine warning light control circuit when the light is
commanded ON.
3. Action taken when DTC P0650 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0650
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0650 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch for 10 seconds.
4) Start the engine.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Fuse inspection
1A-248 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Fuse inspection
1) Inspect for a blown out METER 10A fuse. Is the result normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for short to ground in check engine warning light control circuit
No
Replace the fuse. If the fuse blows out again, repair the short to ground in the circuits relating to the METER 10A
fuse.
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
4. Inspection for short to ground in check engine warning light control circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the ECM harness connector (J14).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Check the check engine warning light. Does the check engine warning light turn OFF?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in check engine warning light control circuit
No
Repair the short to ground in the check engine warning light control circuit between the ECM (pin 6 of J14) and the
instrument panel cluster (pin 22 of B105).
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
5. Inspection for short to power supply in check engine warning light control circuit
1) Remove the METER 10A fuse.
2) Turn ON the ignition switch.
3) Measure the voltage between the check engine warning light control circuit (pin 6 of J14) and the frame ground with a
DMM. Is the voltage less than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 1.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Check engine warning light control circuit check using fused jumper wire
No
Repair the short to the battery power supply circuit or the short to the ignition power supply circuit in the check
engine warning light control circuit between the ECM (pin 6 of J14) and the instrument panel cluster (pin 22 of
B105).
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
6. Check engine warning light control circuit check using fused jumper wire
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Install the METER 10A fuse.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-249
3) Connect a fused jumper wire between the check engine warning light control circuit (pin 6 of J14) and the frame
ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the check engine warning light illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit in instrument panel cluster power supply circuit
7. Inspection for open circuit in instrument panel cluster power supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Remove the instrument panel cluster.
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9E.Instrumentation, Driver Info. Instrument panel cluster removal".
3) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit (pin 2 of B105) and the frame ground.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in check engine warning light control circuit
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ignition power supply circuit between the METER 10A fuse and
the instrument panel cluster (pin 2 of B105).
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
8. Inspection for open circuit in check engine warning light control circuit
1) Inspect the check engine warning light control circuit between the ECM (pin 6 of J14) and the instrument panel cluster
(pin 22 of B105) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. Instrument panel cluster harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
9. Instrument panel cluster harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the instrument panel cluster harness connector (pins 2 and 22 of B105). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the instrument panel cluster.
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9E.Instrumentation, Driver Info. Instrument panel cluster removal".
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9E.Instrumentation, Driver Info. Instrument panel cluster installation".
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
No
1A-250 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
10. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 6 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
11. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 12. Repair verification
12. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch for 10 seconds or more.
4) Start the engine.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-251

DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56)


Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit
1. DTC P0651 DTC Information
1. DTC P0651 description
The ECM supplies 5 V power to the following sensors via 5 V reference circuit 2.
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
・ Barometric pressure sensor
・ IAT sensor
Also, the ECM supplies 5 V reference to the following sensors through 5 V reference circuit 5.
・ FRP sensor
・ CMP sensor
5 V reference circuits 2 and 5 are independent of each other outside the ECM but share the bus inside the ECM. Therefore, all
of 5 V reference circuits 2 and 5 may be affected by a short circuit in one of the sensor 5 V reference circuits. The ECM
monitors the voltage of 5 V reference circuits 2 and 5, and if it detects that the voltage is excessively low or high, the DTC is
set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0651
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the voltage of 5 V reference circuit 2 or 5 is 4.5 V or less, or 5.5 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P0651 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
・ The ECM assumes a default fuel rail pressure value.
・ The ECM assumes a default IAT value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0651
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0651 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1A-252 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. CMP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. CMP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the CMP sensor harness connector (E18).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for short to power supply in 5 V reference circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
Replace the CMP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CMP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CMP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 4. FRP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
4. FRP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the FRP sensor harness connector (E19).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-253
⇒Go to 5. Barometric pressure sensor 5 V reference voltage check
5. Barometric pressure sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the barometric pressure sensor harness connector (B121).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the barometric pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2, 5 V reference voltage check
6. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2, 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (B5).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the accelerator control link.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Accelerator control link removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit
7. Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 2 between the ECM (pin 61 of J14) and the following components for a short to ground or
a short to the low reference circuit. Is the result normal?
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (pin 1 of B5)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ Barometric pressure sensor (pin 3 of B121)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 5 between the ECM (pin 6 of E12) and the following components for a short to ground or a
short to the low reference circuit. Is the result normal?
1A-254 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
・ FRP sensor (pin 3 of E19)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ CMP sensor (pin 3 of E18)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
8. Inspection for short to power supply in 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 2 between the ECM (pin 61 of J14) and the following components for a short to the battery
power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (pin 1 of B5)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ Barometric pressure sensor (pin 3 of B121)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 5 between the ECM (pin 6 of E12) and the following components for a short to the battery
power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
・ FRP sensor (pin 3 of E19)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ CMP sensor (pin 3 of E18)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-255
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-256 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P0685 (Flash Code 416)


ECM Power Relay Control Circuit Open
1. DTC P0685 DTC Information
1. DTC P0685 description
The ECM main relay is energized in order to supply battery power to the ECM through the relay switch side when the ECM
receives an ignition switch ON signal. When the ignition switch turns OFF, voltage application to the ECM main relay stops
after a predetermined length of time has passed. If the ECM detects a low voltage condition in the ECM main relay voltage
supply circuit when the ECM main relay is commanded ON, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0685
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects a low voltage condition in the ECM main relay voltage supply circuit for 3 seconds when the relay
is commanded ON.
3. Action taken when DTC P0685 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0685
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0685 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM main relay inspection
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-257
3. ECM main relay inspection
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
2) Replace the ECM main relay with a known good relay.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Fuse inspection
No
Replace the ECM main relay.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
4. Fuse inspection
1) Inspect for a blown out ECM 30A slow blow fuse. Is the result normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. ECM ground inspection
No
Replace the slow blow fuse. If the slow blow fuse blows out again, repair the short to ground in the circuits relating
to the ECM 30A slow blow fuse.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
5. ECM ground inspection
1) Inspect the ECM ground section for corrosion or improper installation. Is the result normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 6. ECM main relay circuit inspection
No
Repair the ground point as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. ECM main relay circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 2, 5, 21, and 40 of J14). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect each relay circuit for an open circuit or high resistance for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Between the ECM (pins 2 and 5 of J14) and the ECM main relay (pin 2 of CHASS R/B ECM)
・ Between the ECM (pins 21 and 40 of J14) and the ECM main relay (pin 3 of CHASS R/B ECM)
・ Between the ECM 30A slow blow fuse and the ECM main relay (pin 1 of CHASS R/B ECM)
・ Between the ECM main relay (pin 5 of CHASS R/B ECM) and the frame ground
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
1A-258 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
7. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-259

DTC P0687 (Flash Code 416)


ECM Power Relay Control Circuit High
1. DTC P0687 DTC Information
1. DTC P0687 description
The ECM main relay is energized in order to supply battery power to the ECM through the relay switch side when the ECM
receives an ignition switch ON signal. When the ignition switch turns OFF, voltage application to the ECM main relay stops
after a predetermined length of time has passed. If the ECM detects that the ECM main relay is still ON when the ECM main
relay is commanded OFF, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P0687
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is OFF.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the ECM main relay turns ON when the relay is commanded OFF.
3. Action taken when DTC P0687 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P0687
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P0687 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Inspection for short to power supply in ECM main relay power supply circuit
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Inspection for short to power supply in ECM main relay power supply circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
2) Remove the ECM main relay.
1A-260 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0685 set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for short to power supply in ECM main relay control circuit
No
Repair the short to the battery power supply in the battery power supply circuit between the ECM (pins 2 and 5 of
J14) and the ECM main relay (pin 2 of CHASS R/B ECM).
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
4. Inspection for short to power supply in ECM main relay control circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
2) Replace the ECM main relay with a known good relay.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
Repair the short to the battery power supply in the control circuit between the ECM (pins 21 and 40 of J14) and the
ECM main relay (pin 3 of CHASS R/B ECM).
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
No
Replace the ECM main relay.
⇒Go to 5. Repair verification
5. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-261

DTC P06AF (Flash Code 277)


EDU(Electric Driver Unit) Injector Custom IC
1. DTC P06AF DTC Information
1. DTC P06AF description
This diagnosis applies to the injector custom IC inside the ECM.
2. Condition for setting DTC P06AF
Condition for running the DTC
・ The engine speed is 100 rpm or more.
Condition for setting the DTC
Injector custom IC malfunction
・ The ECM detects the injector custom IC malfunction.
Injector custom IC communication malfunction
・ The ECM detects the injector custom IC communication malfunction.
Injector custom IC checksum malfunction
・ The ECM detects that the injector custom IC is reset.
3. Action taken when DTC P06AF sets
Injector custom IC malfunction
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
Injector custom IC communication malfunction, injector custom IC checksum malfunction
・ The ECM does not illuminate the check engine warning light or SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC
sets - Type D.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P06AF
Injector custom IC malfunction
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
Injector custom IC communication malfunction, injector custom IC checksum malfunction
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the DTC - Type D.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P06AF diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
1A-262 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
3. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-263

DTC P06D2
Sensor Reference Voltage 5 Circuit
1. DTC P06D2 DTC Information
1. DTC P06D2 description
The ECM supplies 5 V power to the following sensors via 5 V reference circuit 5.
・ FRP sensor
・ CMP sensor
・ EGR position sensor
5 V reference circuit 5 shares the bus outside the ECM. Therefore, the whole 5 V reference circuit 5 may be affected by a
short circuit in one of the sensor 5 V reference circuits. The ECM monitors the voltage of 5 V reference circuit 5, and if it
detects that the voltage is excessively low or high, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P06D2
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the voltage of 5 V reference circuit 5 is 4.5 V or less, or 5.5 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P06D2 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM flashes the exhaust brake indicator light.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM assumes a default barometric pressure value.
・ The ECM assumes a default fuel rail pressure value.
・ The ECM assumes a default IAT value.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P06D2
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P06D2 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
1A-264 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. CMP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. CMP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the CMP sensor harness connector (E18).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for short to power supply in 5 V reference circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
Replace the CMP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CMP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CMP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 4. FRP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
4. FRP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the FRP sensor harness connector (E19).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Standard: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 5. EGR position sensor 5 V reference voltage check
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-265
5. EGR position sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the EGR valve harness connector (E132).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E18) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the EGR valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit
6. Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 5 between the ECM (pin 6 of E12) and the following components for a short to ground or a
short to the low reference circuit. Is the result normal?
・ FRP sensor (pin 3 of E19)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ CMP sensor (pin 3 of E18)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ EGR position sensor (pin 1 of E132)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
7. Inspection for short to power supply in 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 5 between the ECM (pin 6 of E12) and the following components for a short to the battery
power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
・ FRP sensor (pin 3 of E19)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ CMP sensor (pin 3 of E18)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ EGR position sensor (pin 1 of E132)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
1A-266 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
8. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
9. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-267

DTC P1093 (Flash Code 227)


Fuel Rail Pressure Too Low
1. DTC P1093 DTC Information
1. DTC P1093 description
A typical common rail (fuel rail) system is composed of the following 2 fuel pressure sections. A suction side between the
fuel tank and the fuel supply pump and a high-pressure side between the fuel supply pump and the injectors. The fuel is
drawn from the fuel tank and then pumped into the fuel rail by 2 plungers that are located inside the fuel supply pump. The
fuel rail pressure is regulated through the ECM's control of the FRP regulator based on signals from the FRP sensor. If the
ECM detects that the actual fuel rail pressure is lower than the desired fuel rail pressure, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P1093
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ The FRP regulator commands the fuel flow rate higher than a predetermined level.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The actual common rail (fuel rail) pressure is less than the desired common rail (fuel rail) pressure by 50 MPa {7,250
psi} or less for 5 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P1093 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P1093
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P1093 diagnostics
Note:
・ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, air may be entered in the fuel system. When there is air in the fuel piping, the
smooth flow of fuel into the fuel supply pump is interrupted and this DTC may be set. Bleed air from the fuel
piping after refilling.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Fuel supply pump functional inspection
1) Perform the Fuel supply pump functional inspection.
Refer to "202.Engine 15C.Functional Inspection(4HL1) Fuel supply pump functional inspection".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC check
3. Prioritized DTC check
1A-268 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0087, P0091, P0092, P0192, P0193, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P2146, or P2149 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0087 (Flash Code 225) Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0091 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0092 (Flash Code 247) Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0192 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0193 (Flash Code 245) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158) Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159) Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply Voltage Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 4. FRP sensor signal voltage check
4. FRP sensor signal voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Wait for 1 minute to reduce the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter within the
specified range?
Value: 0.9 to 1.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Fuel leakage inspection
No
⇒Go to 12. FRP sensor circuit inspection
5. Fuel leakage inspection
1) Inspect that the fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is properly connected, there are no cuts or
cracks in the fuel hoses, and proper clamps are used. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ The fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is slightly vacuumed when the engine is
running. Therefore, if the piping is not connected securely, air can get inside. If the engine speed or the
engine load increases while air is in the fuel system, fluctuation in the fuel rail pressure occurs, and this DTC
may be set.
2) Operate the priming pump until the force required for pressing increases.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-269
Note:
・ When a leak exists in the fuel system between the priming pump and fuel supply pump, the pushing weight
of the priming pump does not get heavy.
3) Start the engine.
4) Check the high-pressure side of the fuel system and inspect for a fuel leakage between the fuel supply pump and the
fuel rail. Is the result normal?
Note:
・ Check for fuel leakage from the high pressure piping inlet to the bottom of the cylinder head cover. If a fuel
leakage exists, the engine oil level will rise. Inspect the engine oil for fuel contamination.
5) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Suction side fuel system check
No
Repair the fuel leakage as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
6. Suction side fuel system check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the fuel hose from the fuel filter on the fuel supply pump side.
Note:
・ Use a pan to collect the fuel that has leaked from the disconnected fuel hose.
・ The fuel pressure/vacuum gauge and the connection hose must be cleaned before connecting to the fuel
piping. The fuel supply pump may be damaged due to the foreign material that has intruded into the
connection hose.
3) Connect the gauge adapter located in the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge assembly between the fuel filter and the
disconnected fuel hose.

SST: 5-8840-2844-0 - fuel pressure/vacuum gauge set


4) Check that the fuel piping and the special tool are securely connected.
5) Bleed the air with the priming pump.
6) Crank the engine for a maximum of 5 seconds. Repeat as many times as necessary until the engine starts.
7) Allow the engine to idle for at least 1 minute.
8) Observe the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge while holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm or more for at least 1 minute.
Does the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge indicate a vacuum that is more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: -17 kPa { 5 inHg }
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Suction side fuel piping clogging inspection
No
1A-270 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
⇒Go to 7. Fuel supply pump suction check
7. Fuel supply pump suction check
1) Pinch the hose or remove the fuel pipings and plug so as to prevent as much fuel from flowing through the fuel hose
near the fuel tank as possible.
Note:
・ This generates a vacuum in the fuel system.
2) Start the engine.
3) Turn the idling control knob until it reaches the maximum position.
Note:
・ If it is rotated completely clockwise, the idle speed is increased up to 1,600 rpm.
4) Check the fuel pressure/vacuum gauge. Can a vacuum of the specified value be drawn at least?
Value: -27 kPa { 8 inHg }
Caution:
・ If it is likely that the vacuum will show the specified value or more, release the fuel being held up.
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Injector inspection
No
⇒Go to 9. Suction side fuel piping leakage inspection
8. Suction side fuel piping clogging inspection
1) Inspect for breakage or twisting in the fuel system between the fuel supply pump and the fuel tank. Is the result normal?
2) Inspect the fuel tank vent hose for clogging. Is the result normal?
3) If possible, inspect for foreign material in the fuel tank or for foreign material that may cause clogging of the fuel. Is the
result normal?
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the fuel filter element.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
9. Suction side fuel piping leakage inspection
1) Inspect that the fuel piping between the fuel tank and the fuel supply pump is properly connected, there are no cuts or
cracks in the fuel hoses, and proper clamps are used. Is the result normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 11. FRP regulator circuit inspection
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-271
10. Injector inspection
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) If the clamp or the fuel hose is disconnected, reconnect.
3) Start the engine.
4) Allow the engine to idle for at least 1 minute.
5) Perform the Injector Cutoff with a scan tool.
6) Command each injector OFF and verify the engine speed changes for each injector. Are there any injectors that do not
change the engine speed when commanded OFF?
Yes
Replace the injectors that do not change.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Replace the pressure limiter.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pressure limiter removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pressure limiter installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
11. FRP regulator circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP regulator harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of E17). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 8, 16, 24, and 32 of E12) and the FRP regulator (pins 1 and 2 of E17) for
high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the fuel supply pump and the fuel filter element.
Note:
・ The fuel supply pump must be timed with the engine, and the ECM requires learning.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Fuel supply pump installation".
Caution:
・ If the fuel supply pump is replaced, replace the fuel filter element at the same time.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Pre-fuel filter element installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
1A-272 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
12. FRP sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the FRP sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 1, 6, 9, and 20 of E12) and the FRP sensor (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E19) for high
resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
Replace the FRP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) FRP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 13. Repair verification
13. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-273

DTC P1261 (Flash Code 34)


Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 1
1. DTC P1261 DTC Information
1. DTC P1261 description
The charge voltage circuit in the ECM increases the voltage applied to the injector. The charge voltage circuit is divided into
2 banks: common power supply 1 and common power supply 2. Common power supply 1 serves the injectors of cylinders
No. 1 and No. 4, and common power supply 2 serves the injectors of cylinders No. 2 and No. 3. If an open circuit occurs in
the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit in the ECM, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P1261
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 16 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that there is an open circuit in the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit in the
ECM.
3. Action taken when DTC P1261 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P1261
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P1261 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
3. ECM replacement
1A-274 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-275

DTC P1262 (Flash Code 34)


Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 2
1. DTC P1262 DTC Information
1. DTC P1262 description
The charge voltage circuit in the ECM increases the voltage applied to the injector. The charge voltage circuit is divided into
2 banks: common power supply 1 and common power supply 2. Common power supply 1 serves the injectors of cylinders
No. 1 and No. 4, and common power supply 2 serves the injectors of cylinders No. 2 and No. 3. If an open circuit occurs in
the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit in the ECM, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P1262
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 16 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that there is an open circuit in the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit in the
ECM.
3. Action taken when DTC P1262 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P1262
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P1262 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
3. ECM replacement
1A-276 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-277

DTC P1404 (Flash Code 45)


Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) 1 Closed Position Performance
1. DTC P1404 DTC Information
1. DTC P1404 description
The ECM controls the opening position of the EGR valve based on the driving condition of the engine by controlling the
EGR motor. The EGR valve lift amount is detected by the position sensor and is sent to the ECM. If the ECM detects that the
actual EGR valve opening position is higher than the predetermined value, the closed position error DTC is set. If the ECM
detects a difference between the learned closed position and the actual closed position, the learned position error DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P1404
Condition for running the DTC
Closed position error DTC
・ The battery voltage is 16 to 32 V.
・ The desired EGR valve opening position is constant.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Learned position error DTC
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Closed position error DTC
・ The ECM detects that the difference between the actual EGR valve opening position and the desired valve opening
position is 15% or more for 5 seconds or more.
Learned position error DTC
・ The ECM detects that the learned closed position of the EGR valve is not within the predetermined range when the
ignition switch is turned OFF.
3. Action taken when DTC P1404 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P1404
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P1404 diagnostics
Note:
・ A history DTC remains for 9,600 hours (accumulated engine run time) and will not clear with a scan tool.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
1A-278 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0409 or P042F set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0409 (Flash Code 44) Exhaust Gas Recirculation Sensor Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P042F (Flash Code 45) EGR Control Circuit Range/ Performance" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. EGR valve inspection
3. EGR valve inspection
1) Remove the EGR valve from the engine.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
2) Inspect the EGR valve for the following. Is the result normal?
・ The flow in the EGR valve is restricted by foreign material.
・ Excessive deposits in the valve
・ Bent valve shaft
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection of EGR valve circuit
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
4. Inspection of EGR valve circuit
1) Inspect for poor connections at the EGR valve harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 of E132). Is the
connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, 20, 22, 29, and 30 of E12). Is the
connection status normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 6, 12, 13, 18, 20, 22, 29, and 30 of E12) and the EGR valve (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, and 8 of E132) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short circuit in EGR motor circuit
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
5. Inspection for short circuit in EGR motor circuit
1) Inspect the motor circuit between the ECM (pins 22, 29, and 30 of E12) and the EGR valve (pins 6, 7, and 8 of E132)
for the following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to ground
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-279
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short circuit in EGR motor circuit
・ Short to EGR position sensor circuit
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the EGR valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1H.Aux. Emission Control Devices(4HL1) EGR installation".
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 6. Repair verification
6. Repair verification
Note:
・ Before clearing the DTC, the ignition switch must be turned ON and then OFF.
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) After turning ON the ignition switch, clear the DTC with the scan tool.
Note:
・ The DTC history will not clear.
4) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
5) Start the engine.
6) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
7) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-280 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P160B (Flash Code 36)


AD-IC Failure Error
1. DTC P160B DTC Information
1. DTC P160B description
This diagnosis applies to the AD-IC inside the ECM.
2. Condition for setting DTC P160B
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects a malfunction in the signal from the AD-IC.
3. Action taken when DTC P160B sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P160B
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P160B diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
3. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-281
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. Repair verification
4. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-282 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P1621 (Flash Code 54)


Control Module Long Term Memory Performance
1. DTC P1621 DTC Information
1. DTC P1621 description
This diagnosis applies to the microprocessor inside the ECM.
2. Condition for setting DTC P1621
Condition for running the DTC
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the calculated checksum does not match the checksum stored in the internal EEPROM.
3. Action taken when DTC P1621 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P1621
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P1621 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 1 minute or more.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Injector ID code upload
No
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
3. Injector ID code upload
Caution:
・ Upload the Injector ID Code in the ECM to the scan tool before clearing the EEPROM error.
・ The scan tool must be same from start to finish. If the scan tool is changed midway, information cannot be
written correctly.
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-283
2) Select the scan tool item.
・ Diagnostics
・ Engine
・ 4HL1
・ Programming
・ Injector ID Code
・ Upload Injector ID
3) Follow the directions on the screen and upload the injector ID codes to a scan tool.
4) After completing the upload, turn OFF the ignition switch.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 4. EEPROM Error Clear
4. EEPROM Error Clear
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Select the scan tool item.
・ Diagnostics
・ Engine
・ 4HL1
・ Special Function
・ EEPROM Error Clear
3) Perform EEPROM Error Clear by following the on-screen instructions.
4) After the EEPROM Error Clear, turn OFF the ignition switch for 1 minute or more.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 5. VIN programming
5. VIN programming
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Select the scan tool item.
・ Diagnostics
・ Engine
・ 4HL1
・ Programming
・ Program VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
3) Program the VIN into the ECM by following the on-screen instructions.
Note:
・ If the VIN does not display or is not correct, input the correct VIN.
4) After the programming is completed, turn OFF the ignition switch.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 6. Injector ID Code download
6. Injector ID Code download
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Select the scan tool item.
・ Diagnostics
・ Engine
・ 4HL1
・ Programming
・ Injector ID Code
1A-284 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
・ Download Injector ID
3) Follow the directions on the screen and download the injector ID codes to the ECM.
4) After completing the download, turn OFF the ignition switch.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 7. Fuel Supply Pump Relearning
7. Fuel Supply Pump Relearning
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Select the scan tool item.
・ Diagnostics
・ Engine
・ 4HL1
・ Special Function
・ Fuel Supply Pump Learn Resetting
3) Reset the Fuel Supply Pump Learning by following the on-screen instructions.
4) Observe that the Fuel Supply Pump Learning Status parameter changes to Not Learned on the scan tool Data Display.
5) Start and completely warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 65°C {149°F} or more.
6) Observe the Fuel Supply Pump Status parameter on the scan tool.
7) The procedure is complete when the parameter changes from Not Learned to Learned.
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Programming verification
8. Programming verification
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 1 minute or more.
2) Turn ON the ignition switch.
3) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 1 minute or more.
3) Start the engine.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-285
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-286 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59)


5 Volt Reference Circuit
1. DTC P1655 DTC Information
1. DTC P1655 description
The ECM supplies 5 V power to the following sensors via 5 V reference circuit 4.
・ CKP sensor
・ Boost pressure sensor
・ Intake throttle position sensor
・ Engine coolant temperature sensor
・ Fuel temperature sensor
5 V reference circuit 4 shares the bus outside the ECM. Therefore, all of 5 V reference circuit 4 may be affected by a short
circuit in one of the sensor 5 V reference circuits. The ECM monitors the voltage of 5 V reference circuit 4, and if it detects
that the voltage is excessively low or high, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P1655
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the voltage of 5 V reference circuit 4 is 4.5 V or less, or 5.5 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P1655 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
・ The ECM limits the fuel rail pressure.
・ The ECM assumes a default engine coolant temperature value.
・ The ECM assumes a default fuel temperature value.
・ The ECM assumes a default boost pressure value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P1655
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P1655 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-287
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Boost pressure sensor 5 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Boost pressure sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the boost pressure sensor harness connector (E24).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the boost pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E24) and the frame ground with a
DMM.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 to 5.5 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for short to power supply in 5 V reference circuit
The reading is within the specified range.
Replace the boost pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
The reading is less than the specified value.
⇒Go to 4. Intake throttle position sensor 5 V reference voltage check
4. Intake throttle position sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the intake throttle valve harness connector (E16).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the boost pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E24) and the frame ground with a
DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the intake throttle valve.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Intake throttle valve installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 5. CKP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
5. CKP sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1A-288 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the CKP sensor harness connector (E20).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the boost pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of E24) and the frame ground with a
DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
Replace the CKP sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CKP sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) CKP sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit
6. Inspection for short to ground in 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 9 between the ECM (pin 14 of E12) and the following components for a short to ground or
a short to the low reference circuit. Is the result normal?
・ CKP sensor (pin 3 of E20)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ Boost pressure sensor (pin 3 of E24)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ Intake throttle position sensor (pin 6 of E16)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
7. Inspection for short to power supply in 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect 5 V reference circuit 4 between the ECM (pin 14 of E12) and the following components for a short to the
battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
・ CKP sensor (pin 3 of E20)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ Boost pressure sensor (pin 3 of E24)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
・ Intake throttle position sensor (pin 6 of E16)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-289
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
8. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
9. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-290 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P2122 (Flash Code 121)


Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input
1. DTC P2122 DTC Information
1. DTC P2122 description
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed to the accelerator control link. The sensor consists of 2 sensors in 1 housing.
The ECM uses the accelerator pedal position sensor to calculate the desired acceleration and deceleration. Accelerator pedal
position sensor 1 has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal circuit
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 sends signals related to accelerator pedal angle changes to the ECM via the signal circuit.
If the ECM detects an excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2122
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0641 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is 0.2 V or less.
3. Action taken when DTC P2122 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2122
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2122 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0641 set at the same time?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-291
Yes
Go to DTC P0641 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check
1) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the APP Sensor 1 (Accelerator Pedal Position)
parameter on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display a value less than or equal to the specified value while depressing
and releasing the pedal?
Value: 0.2 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. 5 V reference voltage check for accelerator pedal position sensor 1
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. 5 V reference voltage check for accelerator pedal position sensor 1
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (B5).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the 5 V reference circuit (pin 4 of B5) of accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and the frame
ground with a DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in 5 V reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1
5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the 5 V reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and the signal
circuit (pins 4 and 5 of B5).
2) Observe the APP Sensor 1 (Accelerator Pedal Position) parameter on the scan tool. Is the APP Sensor 1 (Accelerator
Pedal Position) parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal circuit
6. Inspection for open circuit in 5 V reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1
1) Inspect the 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 42 of J14) and accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (pin 4 of B5)
for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
1A-292 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Caution:
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the
5 V reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 63 of J14) and accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (pin 5 of B5) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. Accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (pins 4 and 5 of B5). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the accelerator control link.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Accelerator control link removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 42 and 63 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-293
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
10. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the APP Sensor 1 (Accelerator Pedal Position)
parameter on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display a value less than or equal to the specified value while depressing
and releasing the pedal?
Value: 0.2 V
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check
No
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-294 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P2123 (Flash Code 121)


Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit High Input
1. DTC P2123 DTC Information
1. DTC P2123 description
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed to the accelerator control link. The sensor consists of 2 sensors in 1 housing.
The ECM uses the accelerator pedal position sensor to calculate the desired acceleration and deceleration. Accelerator pedal
position sensor 1 has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal circuit
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 sends signals related to accelerator pedal angle changes to the ECM via the signal circuit.
If the ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2123
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0641 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is 4.9 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P2123 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2123
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2123 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-295
4) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the APP Sensor 1 (Accelerator Pedal Position)
parameter on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display a value more than or equal to the specified value while
depressing and releasing the pedal?
Value: 4.9 V
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC and accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Prioritized DTC and accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool for DTC P0641 being set at the same time.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3) Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (B5).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the APP Sensor 1 (Accelerator Pedal Position) parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal circuit
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0641 is set.
Go to DTC P0641 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0641 is not set.
⇒Go to 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the low reference circuit (pin 6 of B5) of accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and the
battery power supply. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in low reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1
5. Inspection for short to power supply in accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 63 of J14) and accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (pin 5 of B5) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power
supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
1A-296 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit in low reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 1
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 41 of J14) and accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (pin 6 of B5)
for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the
low reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
7. Accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (pin 6 of B5). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the accelerator control link.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Accelerator control link removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
8. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 41 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-297
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the APP Sensor 1 (Accelerator Pedal Position)
parameter on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display a value more than or equal to the specified value while
depressing and releasing the pedal?
Value: 4.9 V
Yes
⇒Go to 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage check
No
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-298 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P2127 (Flash Code 122)


Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Low Input
1. DTC P2127 DTC Information
1. DTC P2127 description
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed to the accelerator control link. The sensor consists of 2 sensors in 1 housing.
The ECM uses the accelerator pedal position sensor to calculate the desired acceleration and deceleration. Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2 has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal circuit
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 sends signals related to accelerator pedal angle changes to the ECM via the signal circuit.
If the ECM detects an excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2127
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is 0.2 V or less.
3. Action taken when DTC P2127 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2127
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2127 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0651 set at the same time?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-299
Yes
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check
1) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the APP Sensor 2 (Accelerator Pedal Position)
parameter on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display a value less than or equal to the specified value while depressing
and releasing the pedal?
Value: 0.2 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2, 5 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2, 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (B5).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the 5 V reference circuit (pin 1 of B5) of accelerator pedal position sensor 2 and the frame
ground with a DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in 5 V reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 2
5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the 5 V reference circuit of the accelerator pedal position sensor 2 and the signal
circuit (pins 1 and 2 of B5).
2) Observe the APP Sensor 2 (Accelerator Pedal Position) parameter on the scan tool. Is the APP Sensor 2 (Accelerator
Pedal Position) parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal circuit
6. Inspection for open circuit in 5 V reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 2
1) Inspect the 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 61 of J14) and accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (pin 1 of B5)
for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
1A-300 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Caution:
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the
5 V reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 64 of J14) and accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (pin 2 of B5) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. Accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (pins 1 and 2 of B5). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the accelerator control link.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Accelerator control link removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 61 and 64 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-301
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
10. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the APP Sensor 2 (Accelerator Pedal Position)
parameter on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display a value less than or equal to the specified value while depressing
and releasing the pedal?
Value: 0.2 V
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check
No
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-302 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P2128 (Flash Code 122)


Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit High Input
1. DTC P2128 DTC Information
1. DTC P2128 description
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed to the accelerator control link. The sensor consists of 2 sensors in 1 housing.
The ECM uses the accelerator pedal position sensor to calculate the desired acceleration and deceleration. Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2 has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal circuit
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 sends signals related to accelerator pedal angle changes to the ECM via the signal circuit.
If the ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2128
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is 4.9 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P2128 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2128
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2128 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-303
4) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the APP Sensor 2 (Accelerator Pedal Position)
parameter on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display a value more than or equal to the specified value while the pedal
is being depressed and released?
Value: 4.9 V
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC and accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Prioritized DTC and accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool for DTC P0651 being set at the same time.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3) Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (B5).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the APP Sensor 2 (Accelerator Pedal Position) parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal circuit
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0651 is set.
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0651 is not set.
⇒Go to 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the low reference circuit (pin 3 of B5) of accelerator pedal position sensor 2 and the
battery power supply. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in low reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 2
5. Inspection for short to power supply in accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 64 of J14) and accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (pin 2 of B5) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power
supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
1A-304 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit in low reference circuit of accelerator pedal position sensor 2
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 60 of J14) and accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (pin 3 of B5)
for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the
low reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
7. Accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (pin 3 of B5). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the accelerator control link.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Accelerator control link removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
8. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 60 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-305
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the APP Sensor 2 (Accelerator Pedal Position)
parameter on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display a value more than or equal to the specified value while the pedal
is being depressed and released?
Value: 4.9 V
Yes
⇒Go to 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage check
No
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-306 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P2138 (Flash Code 124)


Pedal Position Sensor 1 - 2 Voltage Correlation
1. DTC P2138 DTC Information
1. DTC P2138 description
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed to the accelerator control link. The sensor consists of 2 sensors in 1 housing.
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and accelerator pedal position sensor 2 are hall element type sensors with the following
circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Signal circuit
The ECM supplies 5 V to the accelerator pedal position sensor via the 5 V reference circuit and grounds to the low reference
circuit. The accelerator pedal position sensor sends signals related to accelerator pedal angle changes to the ECM via the
signal circuit. The signal voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is kept low at first and increases as the pedal is
depressed. The signal voltage of accelerator pedal position sensor 2 is kept high at first and decreases as the pedal is
depressed. If the ECM detects that the accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage and the accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 signal voltage do not correlate, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2138
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is 0.2 to 4.9 V.
・ The accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is 0.2 to 4.9 V.
・ DTCs P060B, P0641, and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that accelerator pedal position sensors 1 and 2 deviate from the range by 45% or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P2138 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the exhaust brake control.
・ The ECM inhibits the PTO control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2138
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2138 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-307
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0641, P0651, P2122, P2123, P2127, or P2128 set at the same
time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2122 (Flash Code 121) Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2123 (Flash Code 121) Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit High Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2127 (Flash Code 122) Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2128 (Flash Code 122) Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit High Input" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Current DTC check
3. Current DTC check
1) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit inspection
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 of B5).
Is the connection status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 41, 42, 60, 61, 63, and 64 of J14). Is the connection
status normal?
3) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 41, 42, 60, 61, 63, and 64 of J14) and the accelerator pedal position sensor
(pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 of B5) for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short circuit in accelerator pedal position sensor signal circuit
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
5. Inspection for short circuit in accelerator pedal position sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect for a short together in the signal circuits between the ECM (pins 63 and 64 of J14) and the accelerator pedal
position sensor (pins 2 and 5 of B5). Is the result normal?
1A-308 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the accelerator control link.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Accelerator control link removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor signal input check
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. Accelerator pedal position sensor signal input check
1) Reconnect all of the disconnected harness connectors.
2) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
3) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
4) Start the engine.
5) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM replacement
No
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal while observing the DTC information with a scan tool.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-309

DTC P2146 (Flash Code 158)


Fuel Injector Group 1 Supply Voltage Circuit
1. DTC P2146 DTC Information
1. DTC P2146 description
The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection ON time based on the data sent from various sensors. The ECM supplies high
voltage to the injector charge voltage circuit, grounds the injector solenoid control circuit and drives the injectors of each
cylinder. The injector charge voltage circuit shares a bus inside the ECM, and is divided into 2 banks: common power supply
1 and common power supply 2. Common power supply 1 serves the injectors of cylinders No. 1 and No. 4, and common
power supply 2 serves the injectors of cylinders No. 2 and No. 3. If the ECM detects a malfunction in the common power
supply 1 injector circuit, this DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2146
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P0201, P0204, and P1261 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0201 (Flash Code 271) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 1" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0204 (Flash Code 274) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 4" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1261 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 1" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that there is an open circuit, a short to ground, or a short to the voltage circuit in the common power
supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit.
・ The ECM detects that there is a short to ground in the injector solenoid control circuit of cylinder No. 1 or No. 4.
3. Action taken when DTC P2146 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2146
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2146 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
1A-310 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Injector solenoid control voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Injector solenoid control voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the injector harness intermediate connector (H69) from the cylinder head lower cover.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the injector solenoid control circuit (H69) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the
voltage equal to the battery voltage?
・ Between the cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 5 female side of H69) and the frame ground
・ Between the cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 8 female side of H69) and the frame ground
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Check for short to power supply in common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit using test
lamp
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to ground in injector solenoid control circuit
4. Check for short to power supply in common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit (pin 1 female side of H69) and
the frame ground. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for a short to power supply in common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit
No
⇒Go to 5. Check for short to ground in common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit using test lamp
5. Check for short to ground in common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit (pin 1 female side of H69) and
the battery power supply. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for short to ground in common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit
No
⇒Go to 9. Common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit inspection (ECM side)
6. Inspection for short to ground in injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the solenoid control circuit between the ECM and the injector for a short to ground. Is the result normal?
・ Between the ECM (pin 38 of E12) and the cylinder No. 1 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 5 of H69)
・ Between the ECM (pin 36 of E12) and the cylinder No. 4 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 8 of H69)
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-311
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
7. Inspection for a short to power supply in common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit
1) Inspect the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit between the ECM (pin 40 of E12) and the injector
harness intermediate connector (pin 1 of H69) for a short to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition
power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
8. Inspection for short to ground in common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit
1) Inspect the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit between the ECM (pin 40 of E12) and the injector
harness intermediate connector (pin 1 of H69) for a short to ground. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
9. Common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit inspection (ECM side)
1) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pin 1 of H69). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 40 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
3) Inspect the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit between the ECM (pin 40 of E12) and the injector
harness intermediate connector (pin 1 of H69) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit inspection (Injector side)
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
10. Common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit inspection (Injector side)
1A-312 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Inspect the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit between the injector and the injector harness
intermediate connector for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
・ Between the cylinder No. 1 injector (pin 1 of E138) and the injector harness intermediate connector (pin 5 of H150)
・ Between the cylinder No. 4 injector (pin 1 of E141) and the injector harness intermediate connector (pin 5 of H150)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
11. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
1) Remove the cylinder head cover.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Cylinder head cover removal".
2) Inspect for loosened injector harness tightening nuts or foreign material coming in contact with the injector terminals. Is
the result normal?
3) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pin 5 of H150). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 12. Injector insulation inspection
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
12. Injector insulation inspection
1) Measure the insulation resistance between the injector and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the resistance more than
or equal to the specified value?
・ Between the cylinder No. 1 injector and the frame ground
・ Between the cylinder No. 4 injector and the frame ground
Value: 1 MΩ
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Replace the injector that indicates a value less than the specified value.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
13. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 36 and 38 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-313
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
14. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
15. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
1A-314 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC P2149 (Flash Code 159)


Fuel Injector Group 2 Supply Voltage Circuit
1. DTC P2149 DTC Information
1. DTC P2149 description
The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection ON time based on the data sent from various sensors. The ECM supplies high
voltage to the injector charge voltage circuit, grounds the injector solenoid control circuit and drives the injectors of each
cylinder. The injector charge voltage circuit shares a bus inside the ECM, and is divided into 2 banks: common power supply
1 and common power supply 2. Common power supply 1 serves the injectors of cylinders No. 1 and No. 4, and common
power supply 2 serves the injectors of cylinders No. 2 and No. 3. If the ECM detects a malfunction in the common power
supply 2 injector circuit, this DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2149
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine is running.
・ DTCs P0202, P0203, and P1262 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0202 (Flash Code 272) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 2" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0203 (Flash Code 273) Injector Circuit Open - Cylinder 3" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1262 (Flash Code 34) Injector Positive Voltage Control Circuit Group 2" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that there is an open circuit, a short to ground, or a short to the voltage circuit in the common power
supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit.
・ The ECM detects that there is a short to ground in the injector solenoid control circuit of cylinder No. 2 or No. 3.
3. Action taken when DTC P2149 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits pre-injection.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2149
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2149 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-315
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Injector solenoid control voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Injector solenoid control voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the injector harness intermediate connector (H69) from the cylinder head lower cover.
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the injector solenoid control circuit (H69) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the
voltage equal to the battery voltage?
・ Between the cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 6 female side of H69) and the frame ground
・ Between the cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 7 female side of H69) and the frame ground
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Check for short to power supply in common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit using test
lamp
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for short to ground in injector solenoid control circuit
4. Check for short to power supply in common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit (pin 2 female side of H69) and
the frame ground. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for a short to power supply in common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit
No
⇒Go to 5. Check for short to ground in common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit using test lamp
5. Check for short to ground in common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit (pin 2 female side of H69) and
the battery power supply. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for short to ground in common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit
No
⇒Go to 9. Common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit inspection (ECM side)
6. Inspection for short to ground in injector solenoid control circuit
1) Inspect the solenoid control circuit between the ECM and the injector for a short to ground. Is the result normal?
・ Between the ECM (pin 37 of E12) and the cylinder No. 2 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 6 of H69)
・ Between the ECM (pin 39 of E12) and the cylinder No. 3 injector solenoid control circuit (pin 7 of H69)
1A-316 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair or replace as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
7. Inspection for a short to power supply in common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit
1) Inspect the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit between the ECM (pin 35 of E12) and the injector
harness intermediate connector (pin 2 of H69) for a short to the battery power supply circuit or a short to the ignition
power supply circuit. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
8. Inspection for short to ground in common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit
1) Inspect the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit between the ECM (pin 35 of E12) and the injector
harness intermediate connector (pin 2 of H69) for a short to ground. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
9. Common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit inspection (ECM side)
1) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pin 2 of H69). Is the connection status
normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 35 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
3) Inspect the common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit between the ECM (pin 35 of E12) and the injector
harness intermediate connector (pin 2 of H69) for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 10. Common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit inspection (Injector side)
No
Repair the circuit or connection as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
10. Common power supply 2 injector charge voltage circuit inspection (Injector side)
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-317
1) Inspect the common power supply 1 injector charge voltage circuit between the injector and the injector harness
intermediate connector for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
・ Between the cylinder No. 2 injector (pin 1 of E139) and the injector harness intermediate connector (pin 6 of H150)
・ Between the cylinder No. 3 injector (pin 1 of E140) and the injector harness intermediate connector (pin 6 of H150)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 11. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
11. Injector harness intermediate connector inspection
1) Remove the cylinder head cover.
Refer to "1.Engine 1B.Mechanical(4HL1) Cylinder head cover removal".
2) Inspect for loosened injector harness tightening nuts or foreign material coming in contact with the injector terminals. Is
the result normal?
3) Inspect for poor connections at the injector harness intermediate connector (pin 6 of H150). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 12. Injector insulation inspection
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
12. Injector insulation inspection
1) Measure the insulation resistance between the injector and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the resistance more than
or equal to the specified value?
・ Between the cylinder No. 2 injector and the frame ground
・ Between the cylinder No. 3 injector and the frame ground
Value: 1 MΩ
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Replace the injector that indicates a value less than the specified value.
Note:
・ If an injector has been replaced, be sure to set the Injector ID Code on the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1C.Fuel System(4HL1) Injector installation".
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
13. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 37 and 39 of E12). Is the connection status normal?
1A-318 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
14. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
15. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-319

DTC P2227 (Flash Code 71)


Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance
1. DTC P2227 DTC Information
1. DTC P2227 description
The barometric pressure sensor is located to the rear of the instrument panel bezel and is secured to the crossbeam via the
bracket. Diagnosis is performed inside the ECM by comparing the barometric pressure sensor signal with the boost pressure
sensor signal. If the ECM detects that both signals are not within the specified range, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2227
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ The engine speed is 625 rpm or less.
・ The fuel injection quantity is less than or equal to the predetermined value.
・ The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
・ The vehicle is stopped.
・ DTCs P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0237, P0238, P042E, P042F, P0500,
P0502, P0503, P0560, P060B, P0638, P0651, P160B, P1655, P2228, and P2229 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P0102 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0103 (Flash Code 91) Mass Air Flow Circuit High Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0112 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0113 (Flash Code 22) Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0116 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0117 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0118 (Flash Code 23) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0122 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0123 (Flash Code 43) Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0237 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0238 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P042E (Flash Code 45) EGR Position Fault (Closed Position Error)" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P042E (Flash Code 45) EGR Position Fault (Closed Position Error)" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0500 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0502 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Low Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0503 (Flash Code 25) Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit High Input" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0560 (Flash Code 155) System Voltage" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0638 (Flash Code 61) Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P160B (Flash Code 36) AD-IC Failure Error" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P1655 (Flash Code 59) 5 Volt Reference Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
1A-320 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Condition for setting the DTC
Any of the following are met:
・ The ECM detects that the barometric pressure is higher than the boost pressure by 12 kPa {1.8 psi} or more for 7
seconds or more.
・ The ECM detects that the barometric pressure is lower than the boost pressure by 10 kPa {1.5 psi} or more for 7
seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P2227 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
・ The ECM inhibits the VGS control.
・ The ECM assumes a default barometric pressure value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2227
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2227 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0237, P0238, P2228, or P2229 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0237 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0238 (Flash Code 32) Turbocharger Boost Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71) Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Pressure difference check between the boost pressure and the barometric pressure
3. Pressure difference check between the boost pressure and the barometric pressure
1) Turn ON the ignition switch.
2) Observe the Boost Pressure parameter and Barometric Pressure parameter on the scan tool. Is the difference between
the Boost Pressure parameter and the Barometric Pressure parameter within the specified range?
Value: 10 kPa { 1.5 psi }
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-321
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 4. Barometric pressure check
4. Barometric pressure check
1) Refer to the table and compare the Barometric Pressure parameter on the scan tool with the surrounding barometric
pressure. Is the Barometric Pressure parameter within the specified range?
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor inspection".
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection of each harness connector related to boost pressure sensor circuit
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection of each harness connector related to barometric pressure sensor circuit
5. Inspection of each harness connector related to boost pressure sensor circuit
1) Inspect for poor connections at the boost pressure sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E24). Is the connection
status normal?
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 10, 14, and 28 of E12). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for high resistance in boost pressure sensor circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
6. Inspection for high resistance in boost pressure sensor circuit
1) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 10, 14, and 28 of E12) and the boost pressure sensor (pins 1, 2, and 3 of E24)
for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the boost pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Boost pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
7. Inspection of each harness connector related to barometric pressure sensor circuit
1) Inspect for poor connections at the barometric pressure sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of B121). Is the
connection status normal?
1A-322 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
2) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 60, 61, and 71 of J14). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Are all of the results normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for high resistance in barometric pressure sensor circuit
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
8. Inspection for high resistance in barometric pressure sensor circuit
1) Inspect the circuit between the ECM (pins 60, 61, and 71 of J14) and the barometric pressure sensor (pins 1, 2, and 3 of
B121) for high resistance. Is the result normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the barometric pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
9. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-323

DTC P2228 (Flash Code 71)


Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit Low
1. DTC P2228 DTC Information
1. DTC P2228 description
The barometric pressure sensor is located to the rear of the instrument panel bezel and is secured to the crossbeam via the
bracket. The barometric pressure sensor changes the signal voltage according to changes in the barometric pressure. The
sensor has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Barometric pressure sensor signal circuit
The barometric pressure sensor sends signals related to the barometric pressure changes to the ECM via the signal circuit.
The ECM detects a low signal voltage at high altitudes and with low barometric pressure. The ECM detects a high signal
voltage with high barometric pressure. The ECM uses this voltage signal to adjust the fuel injection quantity and injection
timing, as well as make altitude corrections. If the ECM detects an excessively low signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2228
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the barometric pressure sensor signal voltage is 0.5 V or less for 5 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P2228 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default barometric pressure value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2228
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2228 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
1A-324 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0651 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Barometric pressure sensor signal voltage check
3. Barometric pressure sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the Barometric Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Barometric Pressure Sensor parameter less
than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 0.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Barometric pressure sensor 5 V reference voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
4. Barometric pressure sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the barometric pressure sensor harness connector (B121).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the barometric pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of B121) and the frame ground
with a DMM. Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Barometric pressure sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in barometric pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit
5. Barometric pressure sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the barometric pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit and the signal circuit (pins 2
and 3 of B121).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the Barometric Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Barometric Pressure Sensor parameter more
than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 8. Barometric pressure sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in barometric pressure sensor signal circuit
6. Inspection for open circuit in barometric pressure sensor 5 V reference circuit
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-325
1) Inspect the 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 61 of J14) and the barometric pressure sensor (pin 3 of B121)
for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The barometric pressure sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the 5 V
reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
7. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in barometric pressure sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 71 of J14) and the barometric pressure sensor (pin 2 of B121) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
8. Barometric pressure sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the barometric pressure sensor harness connector (pins 2 and 3 of B121). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the barometric pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
9. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 61 and 71 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 10. ECM replacement
1A-326 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
10. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 11. Repair verification
11. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-327

DTC P2229 (Flash Code 71)


Barometric Pressure Sensor Circuit High
1. DTC P2229 DTC Information
1. DTC P2229 description
The barometric pressure sensor is located to the rear of the instrument panel bezel and is secured to the crossbeam via the
bracket. The barometric pressure sensor changes the signal voltage according to changes in the barometric pressure. The
sensor has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Barometric pressure sensor signal circuit
The barometric pressure sensor sends signals related to the barometric pressure changes to the ECM via the signal circuit.
The ECM detects a low signal voltage at high altitudes and with low barometric pressure. The ECM detects a high signal
voltage with high barometric pressure. The ECM uses this voltage signal to adjust the fuel injection quantity and injection
timing, as well as make altitude corrections. If the ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P2229
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0651 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the barometric pressure sensor signal voltage is 4.0 V or more for 5 seconds.
3. Action taken when DTC P2229 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default barometric pressure value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P2229
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P2229 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Barometric pressure sensor signal voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
1A-328 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) Observe the Barometric Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Barometric Pressure Sensor parameter more
than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.0 V
Yes
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC and barometric pressure sensor signal voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
3. Prioritized DTC and barometric pressure sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool for DTC P0651 being set at the same time.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3) Disconnect the barometric pressure sensor harness connector (B121).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the Barometric Pressure Sensor parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short to power supply in barometric pressure sensor signal circuit
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0651 is set.
Go to DTC P0651 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0651 (Flash Code 56) Sensor Reference Voltage 2 Circuit" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0651 is not set.
⇒Go to 4. Barometric pressure sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
4. Barometric pressure sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the barometric pressure sensor low reference circuit (pin 1 of B121) and the battery power
supply. Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. Barometric pressure sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 6. Inspection for open circuit in barometric pressure sensor low reference circuit
5. Inspection for short to power supply in barometric pressure sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 71 of J14) and the barometric pressure sensor (pin 2 of B121) for the
following. Is the result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ The barometric pressure sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-329
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
6. Inspection for open circuit in barometric pressure sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 60 of J14) and the barometric pressure sensor (pin 1 of B121)
for an open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The barometric pressure sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low
reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
7. Barometric pressure sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the barometric pressure sensor harness connector (pin 1 of B121). Is the connection
status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the barometric pressure sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) Barometric pressure sensor installation".
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
8. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 60 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 9. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
9. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
1A-330 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 10. Repair verification
10. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-331

DTC P253A (Flash Code 28)


PTO Sensor Circuit
1. DTC P253A DTC Information
1. DTC P253A description
The PTO throttle sensor detects the PTO control throttle opening position. The ECM receives the PTO control throttle
opening position from the throttle sensor and controls the fuel injection quantity during PTO execution. The sensor has the
following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ PTO throttle sensor signal circuit
The PTO throttle sensor sends signals related to PTO throttle opening position changes to the ECM via the signal circuit. If
the ECM detects an excessively high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P253A
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC P060B is not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the PTO throttle sensor signal voltage is 4.8 V or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P253A sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default PTO throttle opening position value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P253A
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P253A diagnostics
Value: 4.8 V
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
1. PTO throttle sensor signal voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the PTO Remote Throttle Sensor parameter on the scan tool while operating the PTO throttle. Is the PTO
Remote Throttle Sensor parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.8 V
1A-332 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Yes
⇒Go to 2. Prioritized DTC and PTO throttle sensor signal voltage check
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
2. Prioritized DTC and PTO throttle sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool for DTC P0641 being set at the same time.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3) Disconnect the PTO throttle sensor harness connector (J39).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
4) Turn ON the ignition switch.
5) Observe the PTO Remote Throttle Sensor parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for short to power supply in PTO throttle sensor signal circuit
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0641 is set.
Go to DTC P0641 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0641 is not set.
⇒Go to 3. PTO throttle sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
3. PTO throttle sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the PTO throttle sensor low reference circuit (pin 1 of J39) and the battery power supply.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 6. PTO throttle sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for open circuit in PTO throttle sensor low reference circuit
4. Inspection for short to power supply in PTO throttle sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 70 of J14) and the PTO throttle sensor (pin 2 of J39) for the following.
Is the result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ The PTO throttle sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-333
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
5. Inspection for open circuit in PTO throttle sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 41 of J14) and the PTO throttle sensor (pin 1 of J39) for an
open circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The PTO throttle sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low
reference circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
6. PTO throttle sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the PTO throttle sensor harness connector (pin 1 of J39). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Replace the PTO throttle sensor.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
7. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pin 41 of J14). Is the connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
8. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
1A-334 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
9. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the PTO Remote Throttle Sensor parameter on the scan tool while operating the PTO throttle. Is the PTO
Remote Throttle Sensor parameter more than or equal to the specified value?
Value: 4.8 V
Yes
⇒Go to 1. PTO throttle sensor signal voltage check
No
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-335

DTC P256A (Flash Code 31)


Engine Idle Speed Selector Sensor
1. DTC P256A DTC Information
1. DTC P256A description
The idle up sensor is installed in the instrument panel at the driver side and controls idling speed during warming up. This
sensor operates only when the gear is in the neutral position. If the shift lever is shifted to other positions, this signal is
ignored. The ECM receives idle up signals from the idle up sensor and controls the fuel injection quantity. The idle up sensor
has the following circuits.
・ 5 V reference circuit
・ Low reference circuit
・ Idle up sensor signal circuit
The idle up sensor changes the signal voltage in accordance with changes in the angle of the idling control knob. If the ECM
detects an excessively low or high signal voltage, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC P256A
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 18 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTCs P060B and P0641 are not set.
Refer to "DTC P060B (Flash Code 36) Internal Control Module A/D Processing Performance" in this section.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects that the idle up sensor signal voltage is 0.1 V or less, or 4.9 V or more for 3 seconds or more.
3. Action taken when DTC P256A sets
・ The ECM illuminates the SVS indicator light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM assumes a default idle-up volume value.
4. Condition for clearing DTC P256A
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the SVS indicator light/DTC - Type C.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC P256A diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Idle up sensor signal voltage check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
1A-336 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
4) While observing the Idle-Up Sensor parameter on the scan tool, turn the idling control knob from the minimum position
to the maximum position. Does the scan tool indicate a value within the specified range while turning the idling control
knob?
Value: 0.2 to 4.8 V
Yes
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
No
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC and idle up sensor signal voltage check
3. Prioritized DTC and idle up sensor signal voltage check
1) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool for DTC P0641 being set at the same time.
2) Observe the Idle Up Sensor parameter on the scan tool.
3) Turn the idling control knob until it reaches the minimum position.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 6. Idle up sensor signal circuit inspection
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0641 is set.
Go to DTC P0641 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0641 is not set.
⇒Go to 4. Idle up sensor 5 V reference voltage check
4. Idle up sensor 5 V reference voltage check
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the idle up sensor harness connector (B87).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the idle up sensor 5 V reference circuit (pin 3 of B87) and the frame ground with a DMM.
Is the voltage more than or equal to the specified value?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Value: 4.5 V
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Idle up sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
No
⇒Go to 8. Inspection for open circuit in idle up sensor 5 V reference circuit
5. Idle up sensor signal voltage check using fused jumper wire
1) Connect a fused jumper wire between the idle up sensor 5 V reference circuit and the signal circuit (pins 2 and 3 of
B87).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
2) Observe the Idle Up Sensor parameter on the scan tool. Is the Idle Up Sensor parameter more than or equal to the
specified value?
Value: 4.5 V
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-337
Yes
⇒Go to 12. Idle up sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 9. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in idle up sensor signal circuit
6. Idle up sensor signal circuit inspection
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the idle up sensor harness connector (B87).
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the Idle Up Sensor parameter on the scan tool.
Value: 0.1 V
The reading is more than the specified value.
⇒Go to 10. Inspection for short to power supply in idle up sensor signal circuit
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0641 is set.
Go to DTC P0641 diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0641 (Flash Code 55) Sensor Reference Voltage 1 Circuit" in this section.
The reading is less than or equal to the specified value and DTC P0641 is not set.
⇒Go to 7. Idle up sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
7. Idle up sensor low reference circuit inspection using test lamp
1) Connect a test lamp between the low reference circuit (pin 1 of B87) of the idle up sensor and the battery power supply.
Does the test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 12. Idle up sensor harness connector inspection
No
⇒Go to 11. Inspection for open circuit in idle up sensor low reference circuit
8. Inspection for open circuit in idle up sensor 5 V reference circuit
1) Inspect the 5 V reference circuit between the ECM (pin 42 of J14) and the idle up sensor (pin 3 of B87) for an open
circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The idle up sensor shares the 5 V reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the 5 V reference
circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
9. Inspection for open circuit and short circuit in idle up sensor signal circuit
1A-338 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 66 of J14) and the idle up sensor (pin 2 of B87) for the following. Is the
result normal?
・ Open circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the low reference circuit
・ High resistance
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
10. Inspection for short to power supply in idle up sensor signal circuit
1) Inspect the signal circuit between the ECM (pin 66 of J14) and the idle up sensor (pin 2 of B87) for the following. Is the
result normal?
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
・ Short to the 5 V reference circuit
Note:
・ The idle up sensor may be damaged if the sensor signal circuit is shorted to the power supply.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
11. Inspection for open circuit in idle up sensor low reference circuit
1) Inspect the low reference circuit between the ECM (pin 41 of J14) and the idle up sensor (pin 1 of B87) for an open
circuit or high resistance. Is the result normal?
Caution:
・ The idle up sensor shares the low reference circuit with other sensors. A malfunction in the low reference
circuit may set DTCs on sensors that share this circuit.
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 13. ECM harness connector inspection
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
12. Idle up sensor harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the idle up sensor harness connector (pins 1, 2, and 3 of B87). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-339
Replace the idle up sensor.
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1I.Speed Control Systems(4HL1) Idle up sensor installation".
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
13. ECM harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the ECM harness connector (pins 41, 42, and 66 of J14). Is the connection status
normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 14. ECM replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
14. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 15. Repair verification
15. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) While observing the Idle-Up Sensor parameter on the scan tool, turn the idling control knob from the minimum position
to the maximum position. Does the scan tool indicate a value within the specified range while turning the idling control
knob?
Value: 0.2 to 4.8 V
Yes
Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
No
⇒Go to 3. Prioritized DTC and idle up sensor signal voltage check
1A-340 Troubleshooting (4HL1)

DTC U0073 (Flash Code 84)


Control Module Communication Bus Off
1. DTC U0073 DTC Information
1. DTC U0073 description
The ECM, DRM, and instrument panel cluster communicate the control information and diagnosis information via the J1939
CAN communication circuit. The ECM monitors the CAN operational status by expecting a constant message flow from each
module. If the ECM detects a malfunction in the J1939 CAN communication circuit, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC U0073
Condition for running the DTC
・ The battery voltage is 20 V or more.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Condition for setting the DTC
・ The ECM detects a malfunction in the CAN communication circuit.
3. Action taken when DTC U0073 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
4. Condition for clearing DTC U0073
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC U0073 diagnostics
Note:
・ The installed devices vary depending on the vehicle. All the devices that may be connected to the CAN
communication circuit are shown in the diagnostic procedure. Perform diagnosis only for the applicable
device procedure.
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Current DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is a DTC set?
Yes
⇒Go to 3. DRM inspection
No
Go to Intermittent conditions of engine.
Refer to "202.Engine 15D.Symptom(4HL1) Intermittent conditions of engine".
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-341
3. DRM inspection
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the DRM harness connector (B231).
Refer to "Controller Area Network".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC U0073 set?
Note:
・ After checking, turn OFF the ignition switch, and go to the next procedure after connecting the disconnected
harness connector.
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Instrument panel cluster inspection
No
⇒Go to 6. DRM replacement
4. Instrument panel cluster inspection
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the instrument panel cluster harness connector (B105).
Refer to "Controller Area Network".
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC U0073 set?
Note:
・ After checking, turn OFF the ignition switch, and go to the next procedure after connecting the disconnected
harness connector.
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for short circuit in CAN circuit
No
⇒Go to 7. Instrument panel cluster replacement
5. Inspection for short circuit in CAN circuit
1) Inspect the CAN High circuit and the CAN Low circuit between each control module for the following. Is the result
normal?
・ Short together between the CAN High circuit and the CAN Low circuit
・ Short to ground
・ Short to the battery power supply circuit or short to the ignition power supply circuit
Yes
⇒Go to 8. ECM replacement
No
Repair the circuit as necessary.
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
6. DRM replacement
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9Z.Body, Cab, Accessories Electrical Control DRM removal".
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9Z.Body, Cab, Accessories Electrical Control DRM installation".
1A-342 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
7. Instrument panel cluster replacement
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9E.Instrumentation, Driver Info. Instrument panel cluster removal".
Refer to "9.Body, Cab, Accessories 9E.Instrumentation, Driver Info. Instrument panel cluster installation".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
8. ECM replacement
Note:
・ Perform programming after replacing the ECM.
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM installation".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) ECM setting".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 9. Repair verification
9. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-343

DTC U0110 (Flash Code 87)


Lost Communication with VNT System
1. DTC U0110 DTC Information
1. DTC U0110 description
The ECM and VGS control unit communicate control information and diagnosis information via the CAN communication
circuit. The ECM monitors the CAN operational status by expecting a constant message flow from the VGS control unit. If
the ECM fails to receive an expected message, the DTC is set.
2. Condition for setting DTC U0110
Condition for running the DTC
Error message DTC
・ The battery voltage is 20 to 32 V.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
Communication with the DTC is lost
・ The battery voltage is 20 V or more.
・ The ignition switch is ON.
・ DTC U0073 is not set.
Refer to "DTC U0073 (Flash Code 84) Control Module Communication Bus Off" in this section.
Condition for setting the DTC
Error message DTC
・ The VGS control unit receives an error CAN message from the ECM.
Communication with the DTC is lost
・ The ECM detects that CAN messages from the VGS control unit are not being received.
3. Action taken when DTC U0110 sets
・ The ECM illuminates the check engine warning light. Refer to Action taken when DTC sets - Type A.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
・ The ECM limits the fuel injection quantity.
・ The ECM inhibits the EGR control.
・ The ECM inhibits the VGS control.
4. Condition for clearing DTC U0110
・ Refer to Condition for clearing the check engine warning light/DTC - Type A or Type B.
Refer to "DTC type definitions" in this section.
2. Engine control
Refer to "101.ETM 13B.Engine Engine control Engine control ".
3. General circuit diagram
Refer to "202.Engine 15B.Maintenance Information(4HL1) Function, structure, operation of engine General circuit
diagram ".
4. DTC U0110 diagnostics
1. Engine control system check
Refer to "Diagnostic system check-engine controls" in this section.
2. Prioritized DTC check
1) Connect the scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
1A-344 Troubleshooting (4HL1)
3) Start the engine.
4) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0045 or U0073 set at the same time?
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC diagnosis.
Refer to "DTC P0045 (Flash Code 33) Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Circuit" in this section.
Refer to "DTC U0073 (Flash Code 84) Control Module Communication Bus Off" in this section.
No
⇒Go to 3. Inspection for open circuit in CAN circuit
3. Inspection for open circuit in CAN circuit
1) Turn OFF the ignition switch.
2) Disconnect the VGS control unit harness connector (J247).
3) Turn ON the ignition switch.
4) Measure the voltage between the CAN High circuit (pin 15 of J247) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage
within the specified range?
5) Measure the voltage between the CAN Low circuit (pin 16 of J247) and the frame ground with a DMM. Is the voltage
within the specified range?
Refer to "Controller Area Network".
Value: 1.5 to 3.5 V
6) Are all of the values normal?
Yes
⇒Go to 4. Inspection for open circuit in VGS control unit power supply circuit
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the CAN High circuit and the CAN Low circuit between the VGS
control unit (pins 15 and 16 of J247) and the intermediate connector.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
4. Inspection for open circuit in VGS control unit power supply circuit
1) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit (pin 13 of J247) and the frame ground. Does the test
lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 5. Inspection for open circuit in VGS control unit ground circuit
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ignition power supply circuit between the ECM MAIN relay (pin 2
of CHASS R/B ECM) and the VGS control unit (pin 13 of J247).
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
5. Inspection for open circuit in VGS control unit ground circuit
1) Connect a test lamp between the ignition power supply circuit and the ground circuit (pins 13 and 14 of J247). Does the
test lamp illuminate?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
Troubleshooting (4HL1) 1A-345
⇒Go to 6. VGS control unit harness connector inspection
No
Repair the open circuit or high resistance in the ground circuit between the VGS control unit (pin 14 of J247) and
the frame ground, and re-tighten or clean the corroded area as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
6. VGS control unit harness connector inspection
1) Inspect for poor connections at the VGS control unit harness connector (pins 13, 14, 15, and 16 of J247). Is the
connection status normal?
Refer to "Engine Control (4HL1)".
Yes
⇒Go to 7. VGS control unit replacement
No
Repair the connections as necessary.
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
7. VGS control unit replacement
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) VGS control unit removal".
Refer to "1.Engine 1Z.Engine Electrical Control(4HL1) VGS control unit installation".
Procedure completion
⇒Go to 8. Repair verification
8. Repair verification
1) Clear the DTC with a scan tool.
2) Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds or more.
3) Start the engine.
4) Operate the vehicle under the conditions for running the DTC.
5) Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.

You might also like